US20090123390A1 - Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation - Google Patents

Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090123390A1
US20090123390A1 US12/269,832 US26983208A US2009123390A1 US 20090123390 A1 US20090123390 A1 US 20090123390A1 US 26983208 A US26983208 A US 26983208A US 2009123390 A1 US2009123390 A1 US 2009123390A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
composition
corticosteroid
cellulose
pharmaceutical composition
esophagitis
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/269,832
Inventor
Malcolm Hill
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Meritage Pharma Inc
Original Assignee
Meritage Pharma Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Meritage Pharma Inc filed Critical Meritage Pharma Inc
Priority to US12/269,832 priority Critical patent/US20090123390A1/en
Assigned to MERITAGE PHARMA, INC. reassignment MERITAGE PHARMA, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HILL, MALCOLM
Publication of US20090123390A1 publication Critical patent/US20090123390A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • A61K47/38Cellulose; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/341Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide not condensed with another ring, e.g. ranitidine, furosemide, bufetolol, muscarine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/575Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of three or more carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, ergosterol, sitosterol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/58Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids containing heterocyclic rings, e.g. danazol, stanozolol, pancuronium or digitogenin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/32Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. carbomers, poly(meth)acrylates, or polyvinyl pyrrolidone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • A61K9/006Oral mucosa, e.g. mucoadhesive forms, sublingual droplets; Buccal patches or films; Buccal sprays
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0053Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
    • A61K9/0065Forms with gastric retention, e.g. floating on gastric juice, adhering to gastric mucosa, expanding to prevent passage through the pylorus
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0087Galenical forms not covered by A61K9/02 - A61K9/7023
    • A61K9/0095Drinks; Beverages; Syrups; Compositions for reconstitution thereof, e.g. powders or tablets to be dispersed in a glass of water; Veterinary drenches
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/06Anti-spasmodics, e.g. drugs for colics, esophagic dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]

Definitions

  • Esophageal inflammation disorders are gaining increased recognition in both adults and children.
  • eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE)
  • EoE eosinophilic esophagitis
  • EoE is an emerging, and fast-growing disorder characterized by high levels of eosinophils in the esophagus, as well as basal zone hyperplasia.
  • EoE is thought to be provoked, in at least a subset of patients, by food allergies or airborne allergen exposure (1-5, 44).
  • EoE diagnosis is often associated with other hypersensitivity disorders, including asthma, rhinitis, and other food and aeroallergen inhalant sensitivities (39-40).
  • Diagnosis is often made, e.g., in young children and depends on the finding of 15 to 20 or more to 24 or more eosinophils per high power field (eos/hpf) within esophageal mucosal biopsies (6-12).
  • EoE In parallel with other atopic disorders, the incidence of EoE appears to be increasing (15, 35).
  • the disorder may present with reflux-like symptoms, pain and dysphagia, clinical symptoms similar to the presentation of gastroesophageal reflux disease (“GERD”) (42).
  • GFD gastroesophageal reflux disease
  • Symptoms of EoE include, for example, abdominal pain, chest pain, choking, difficulty swallowing, failure to thrive, nausea, reflux not relieved by standard anti-flux therapy, skin rash or hives, vomiting, and weight loss. In one series, 15% of EoE patients had concurrent developmental delay (45).
  • EoE is becoming more frequently diagnosed throughout developing countries (7, 8, 13-16) many aspects of the disease remain unclear including its etiology, natural history and optimal therapy. Symptoms of EoE often mimic those of GERD and include vomiting, dysphagia, pain and food impaction (8, 14, 17-20). However, treatment of EoE and GERD differ and it is important to distinguish between them, particularly as untreated EoE may be associated with esophageal narrowing in 10-30% of cases (14, 18, 20, 21). The overlap of GERD and EoE symptoms is common; failure to respond to high PPI GERD treatment may be one diagnostic guideline for EoE (42). The common occurrence regarding misdiagnosis of EoE for GERD often results in delayed treatment for patients with EE or EoE. (42).
  • the present invention is directed to methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract.
  • methods of treating, preventing or alleviating, for example, esophageal inflammation in an individual comprise orally administering to said individual a corticosteroid in association with at least one additional active agent.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent.
  • the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract.
  • inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract involve, by way of non-limiting example, the esophagus, the stomach and/or the small intestines.
  • the at least one additional active agent is not a second corticosteroid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a liquid vehicle.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for oral administration.
  • the composition further comprises an excipient or combination of excipients.
  • the excipient or combination of excipients increases the interaction of the composition and/or the corticosteroid and/or the at least one additional active agent with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the at least one additional active agent is selected from by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR 5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT 4 receptor agonist, 5HT 3 receptor antagonist, 5HT 1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • PPI proton pump inhibitor
  • H2 antagonist a H2 antagonist
  • TLESR transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation
  • P-CAB potassium-competitive acid blocker
  • mucosal protectant a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent
  • mGluR 5 antagonists acetylcholine modulator
  • the present invention provides a new method for reducing the risk of gastrointestinal reflux and esophageal inflammation in people taking corticosteroids for pain relief and for other conditions, particularly during treatment.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating patients presenting with GERD or GERD-like symptoms, but may be afflicted also or instead with non-GERD disease, such as eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE), in a safe and efficient manner.
  • EE or EoE eosinophilic esophagitis
  • the method involves the administration of a composition that combines: a) a corticosteroid; b) an acid inhibitor (e.g., a H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) that minimizes the adverse effects of gastrointestinal reflux and c) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase interaction of the composition with the esophagus. Either short or long acting acid inhibitors can be used in the dosage forms.
  • the excipient allows convenient and efficient administration of the composition while increasing and maintaining interaction of the composition with the affected esophageal area for effective therapeutic treatment.
  • the invention is directed to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) suitable for oral administration to a patient.
  • the composition can be in unit dosage form.
  • the composition contains a) a corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide), b) an acid inhibitor present in an amount effective to raise the gastric pH of a patient to at least 3.5, preferably to at least 4, and more preferably to at least 5, when one or more unit dosage forms are administered and c) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient preferably increases interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the excipient may be a viscosity enhancing agent, a mucoadhesive agent, an absorption enhancer, any other agent that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), or a combination thereof of one or more of the preceding excipients.
  • the excipient, or combination of excipients preferably will increase the interaction (e.g., residence on) of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by at least 1.1 fold, at least 1.25 fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold, or by at least 5-fold as compared to a formulation containing no excipients.
  • the term “acid inhibitor” refers to agents that inhibit gastric acid secretion and increase gastric pH.
  • the gastric pH should not exceed 7.5 and preferably should not exceed 7.0.
  • H2 antagonists or blockers that can be used include, but are not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine or famotidine.
  • Other agents that may be used include proton pump inhibitors such as, for example, omeprazole, esomeprazole, pantoprazole, lansoprazole or rabeprazole.
  • the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABA B agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof.
  • the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT 4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT 4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof.
  • a 5-HT 4 receptor agonist e.g., a selective 5-HT 4 receptor agonist
  • potassium competitive acid blocker P-CAB
  • soraprazan BY359
  • revaprazan YH1185
  • AZD0865 AZD0865
  • CS-526 a selective 5-HT 4 receptor agonist
  • mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate.
  • mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E 2 (PGE 2 ), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor- ⁇ (TGF- ⁇ ), or analogs thereof.
  • the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE 2 analog trimoprostil.
  • the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)- ⁇ -methyl-histamine.
  • the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360
  • Specific excipients that may effect viscosity and increase interaction with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract include but are not limited to, cellulose (including cellulose derivatives), acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g.
  • gum tragacanth ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof.
  • excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition, thereby increasing interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), are also included.
  • Specific mucoadhesive agents that may be used as an excipient include, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g.
  • Carbopol 947P a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • a mucoadhesive agent is an agent that adheres to a gastrointestinal surface (e.g., either or both of a gastrointestinal epithelia or mucosa). In some embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent is a cellulose.
  • Agents that enhance absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may also be used to increase the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • Such agents include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol,
  • the excipient used is a mucoadhesive agent, in others a viscosity enhancing agent, and in yet other embodiments the excipient may be an absorption enhancer. It is also contemplated that the excipient used is a combination of one or more of these agents, or alternatively may not include a mucoadhesive agent, viscosity enhancing or an absorption enhancing agent as the excipient.
  • the composition may be administered as a unit dosage form.
  • unit dosage form refers to a single entity for drug administration.
  • a single liquid volume combining an acid inhibitor, a corticosteroid and at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) would be a unit dosage form.
  • a unit dosage form of the present invention preferably provides for coordinated drug release, in a way that elevates gastric pH and reduces inflammation of the esophagus.
  • the unit dosage form is a powder for reconstitution or a ready-made suspension for oral administration of the composition.
  • a unit dosage form includes multiple unit dosage formulations, for example, separate vials or containers of powdered formulation ready for reconstitution, with each vial or container comprising one unit dosage form combining an acid inhibitor, a corticosteroid and at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the acid inhibitor may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • the composition may be administered in multiple dosage forms.
  • dosage forms include the administration of an active agent of the composition separate from a second active agent of the composition.
  • a liquid formulation may comprise a corticosteroid and at least one excipient of the contemplated composition, with a separate liquid, capsule or tablet formulation comprising an acid inhibitor and at least one excipient of the disclosed composition herein.
  • the invention includes methods of treating a patient for esophageal inflammation and/or other symptoms such as gastrointestinal reflux or increases in gastric pH which cause esophageal inflammation by administering the compositions described above.
  • the method may be used for any condition in which a corticosteroid is effective, it is expected that it will be particularly useful in patients with eosinophilic esophagitis, an inflammatory bowel disease involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Behçet's disease sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis.
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epi
  • the invention includes methods of treating esophageal inflammation, gastrointestinal reflux and/or other related conditions by orally administering a corticosteroid and one or more acid inhibitors at a dose or dose range effective to raise a patients gastric pH to at least 3.5, preferably to at least 4 or and more preferably to at least 5, and to decrease the physiological manifestations, symptoms or appearance of esophageal inflammation, gastrointestinal reflux and/or other related disease or ailment conditions.
  • the patient is administered such compositions in one embodiment in a coordinated dosage form with an excipient that increases interaction of the composition with the esophagus, including but not limited to viscosity enhancing agents, mucoadhesive agents or absorption enhancers, or a combination thereof.
  • a patient is administered with a single dosage unit form to achieve a therapeutic effect.
  • the patient may be administered the compositions disclosed herein for a single dose, or over a period of time, for example, at least two days, at least a week, at least a month or at least six months in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the dosing amounts and regimen of a patient to achieve a therapeutic effect when treating with the compositions disclosed herein.
  • one of ordinary skill in the medical or pharmaceutical arts may monitor a patient's progress over time using physiological or biochemical markers of esophageal inflammation and GERD further disclosed herein, and adjust or amend a dosing amount and/or dosing regimen depending upon changes in the physiological or physical parameters of the patient to the compositions disclosed herein.
  • the corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is present in a composition or administered at a dosage of at least 100 ⁇ g per day or per dose, about 100 ⁇ g per day or per dose to about 20 mg per day or per dose, or between about 250 ⁇ g to about 3 mg per day or per dose. In one embodiment, the corticosteroid is administered at a dosage of between about 500 ⁇ g to 2 mg or about 1-3 mg per day. In one non-limiting embodiment, the acid inhibitor is an H2 antagonist or blocker (e.g., ranitidine) at a dosage of between about 500 ⁇ g and about 500 mg.
  • H2 antagonist or blocker e.g., ranitidine
  • the acid inhibitor is a PPI (e.g., omeprazole) at a dosage of between about 500 ⁇ g and about 600 mg. It is contemplated that the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor will be typically delivered as part of a single unit dosage form which provides for the coordinated release of therapeutic agents, although as discussed multiple unit dosage forms may also be administered that may or may not provide for the coordinated release of therapeutic agents.
  • the acid inhibitor may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • the composition combines the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor at the dose ranges disclosed above.
  • the corticosteroid and/or acid inhibitor may be administered at lower dosages, i.e. corticosteroid may be administered between about 100 ⁇ g to about 2 mg per day, H2 antagonist or blocker at a dosage of between about 250 ⁇ g to about 400 mg per day, and the acid inhibitor at about 250 ⁇ g to about 500 mg per day.
  • Patients (individuals) to be treated with such methods include adults, children and infants.
  • the individual is a child less than 16 years old, less than 12 years old, less than 8 years old, less than 6 years old, less than 4 years old or less than 2 years old.
  • the individual is an infant less than one year old, less than 6 months old or less than 3 months old.
  • At least 10% of any composition described herein adheres to the esophagus of an individual at least 1 minute after administration of the oral pharmaceutical composition to the esophagus of the individual.
  • provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the upper gastrointestinal tract (e.g., pre-colonic), lower gastrointestinal tract, esophagus, stomach, small intestines and digestive tract.
  • Provided herein are methods of preventing or alleviating, for example, esophageal inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a corticosteroid in association with at least one additional active agent.
  • the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophagus).
  • the at least one additional active agent is not a second corticosteroid.
  • the at least one additional active agent is an acid inhibitor (e.g., an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI).
  • the corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent are administered in association with at least one excipient.
  • one or more of the excipients extends the time the composition is in contact with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) following administration.
  • Excipients that extend the time of contact between the composition and a surface of the gastrointestinal tract include, by way of non-limiting example, an excipient that increases the viscosity of the composition, imparts a mucoadhesive character upon the composition and/or enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • an additional active agent in additional to treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract also serves to extend the time of contact between the composition and a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the additional active agent also increases the viscosity of the composition, imparts a mucoadhesive character upon the composition and/or enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the excipient or excipients chosen increase the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., residence time on the surface) by at least 1.02 fold, by at least 1.05-fold, by at least 1.1 fold, by at least 1.2 fold, by at least 1.25-fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold or by at least 5-fold.
  • the increased interaction of the composition is an at least 1.02 fold, by at least 1.05-fold, by at least 1.1 fold, by at least 1.2 fold, by at least 1.25-fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold or by at least 5-fold of interaction of the composition with the esophagus that occurs following passing of the bolus of the composition being swallowed (e.g., 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 seconds following initial swallowing of the composition).
  • these increases are measured and compared to the measure of an otherwise similar composition lacking the excipient or excipients that increase the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • increased interaction of the composition is measured as a function of the amount of composition present in a select portion of the gastrointestinal tract, such as the esophagus (e.g., as measured after the bolus has passed through the esophagus).
  • the amount of composition present in the esophagus is measured in any suitable manner, e.g., by radiolabeling the composition and measuring the amount of the composition in the esophagus utilizing gamma scintigraphy.
  • An increase in the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract may be measured by measuring the retention time of the material along a length of a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), wherein the retention time is increased in the presence of the excipients as compared to its absence.
  • an increased interaction may be measured by the decrease in physiological manifestations or symptoms of the disease or ailment to be treated, including a decrease in total eosinophil counts in a sample of the surface tissue of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophageal surface tissue).
  • changes in permeability or other cellular characteristics of a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may also be quantified, wherein a change in permeability may indicate an increase in the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the use of the excipients may act to decrease the quantity of active agents needed to elicit a response in the absence of the excipients.
  • the excipients may decrease the amount of corticosteroid used.
  • the excipients may decrease the amount of acid inhibitor needed, for example, from about 1 mg to about 750 mg omeprazole in the absence of excipient, to about 500 ug to about 600 mg omeprazole in the presence of excipient.
  • the compositions provided herein may provide an additional advantage of decreasing the amount of active agent needed to treat subjects afflicted with esophageal inflammation and/or GERD and GERD-related disorders.
  • An individual suitable for treatment with the compositions disclosed herein may, for example, have been diagnosed with a disease or condition including, but not limited to, eosinophilic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus , etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV,
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Behçet's disease sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis.
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epi
  • the individual may also be, for example, diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or other related diseases or ailments, including but not limited to Barrett's Esophagus, nonerosive reflux disease (NERD), Barrett's Esophagus or erosive esophagitis, respiratory ailments, cough, heartburn and other associated ailments and diseases.
  • GERD gastroesophageal reflux disease
  • NERD nonerosive reflux disease
  • Barrett's Esophagus or erosive esophagitis erosive esophagitis
  • respiratory ailments cough, heartburn and other associated ailments and diseases.
  • the composition may also be used in other gastrointestinal disorders, including stomach and duodenal ulcers, hyperactive acidic discharge disorders, such as Zollinger-Ellison syndrome and laryngeal disorders.
  • eosinophilic esophagitis inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal e
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Behçet's disease sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, Epidermolysis bullosa, post-surgery inflammation, and gastro enteritis.
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid
  • inflammation and/or symptoms associated with a disorder or disease disclosed herein includes inflammation and/or symptoms associated with, caused by and/or resulting from the disorder or disease.
  • the term “individual” includes any animal. In some embodiments, the animal is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a human. In specific embodiments, the human is an adult. In other embodiments, the human is a child. In yet other embodiments, the human is an infant.
  • method of treating encompasses methods of preventing, reducing the incidences of, providing prophylactic treatment, treating and alleviating.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is an amount sufficient to elicit a change in the symptoms of or inflammation associated with gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation, when administered alone or in combination with an additional active agent. In certain instances, the therapeutically effective amount of an active when administered in combination with an additional active agent is less than when administered alone.
  • Compounds useful in the present invention include topical steroids that may be used to treat inflammatory gastrointestinal conditions, including, for example, budesonide.
  • kits for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of, and inflammation associated with, inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract including but not limited to the upper gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus).
  • methods and pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of gastrointestinal reflux and an increase in gastric pH which are associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including but not limited to the esophagus.
  • corticosteroid e.g., budesonide
  • corticosteroid in oral form, in a formulation with an excipient that extends the time of contact between the composition and a gastrointestinal surface (e.g., an excipient that increases fluid viscosity)
  • corticosteroid is delivered to the esophagus in an effective dose to reduce the inflammation of the esophagus.
  • this treatment was found to be effective in targeting inflammation within the esophagus.
  • a viscous oral suspension of budesonide improved symptoms, resolved endoscopic abnormalities, and reduced or eliminated esophageal eosinophils in two patients unable to utilize a metered dose inhaler with puff and swallow technique (see, e.g., US 20070111978).
  • an acid inhibitor e.g., an H2 antagonist or a PPI
  • administering an acid inhibitor is effective to reduce gastrointestinal reflux and other associated gastrointestinal disorders, and thus may be useful in treating gastrointestinal reflux associated with esophageal inflammation and/or GERD, including erosive esophagatis and non erosive reflux disease.
  • the corticosteroid is administered together with an acid inhibitor, preferably an H2 antagonist or PPI to treat individuals with gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the corticosteroid in the corticosteroid-acid inhibitor combination may be less than if the corticosteroid were administered alone.
  • the therapeutic effect of the combination of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor may be greater than the additive effect of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor administered separately.
  • an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the PPI may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a PPI, (iii) an H2 antagonist and (iv) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the PPI may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • the corticosteroids used in the present invention include topical steroids including, for example, budesonide or fluticasone propionate.
  • corticosteroids are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, aclometasone, amcinomnide, beclometasone, betamethasone, budesonide, ciclesonide, clobetasol, clobetasone, clocortolone, cloprednol, cortivazol, deflazacort, deoxycorticosterone, desonide desoximetasone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, fluclorolone, fludrocortisone, fludroxycortide, flumetasone, flunisolide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, fluocortin, fluocortolone, fluoromethol
  • kits for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of, and inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract including but not limited to the esophagus.
  • a corticosteroid e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • a corticosteroid e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • a formulation with increased mucoadhesive characteristic is delivered to, e.g., the esophagus in an effective dose to reduce the inflammation of the esophagus.
  • an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent.
  • methods of treating gastrointestinal inflammation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a corticosteroid and a therapeutically effective amount of an additional active agent to an individual.
  • the corticosteroid and additional active agent are administered simultaneously, sequentially or at separate times.
  • the corticosteroid and additional active agent are administered in the same composition or formulation.
  • an exemplary corticosteroid is budesonide, 16,17-(butylidenebis(oxy))-11,21-dihydroxy-, (11- ⁇ ,16- ⁇ )-pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, or fluticasone propionate, S-(fluoromethyl)6 ⁇ ,9-difluoro-11 ⁇ -17-dihydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxoandrosta-1,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioate, 17 propionate or (6 ⁇ , 11 ⁇ ,16 ⁇ ,17 ⁇ )-6,9-Difluoro-11-hydroxy-16-methyl-3-oxo-17-(1-oxopropoxy)androsta-1,4-diene-17-carbothioic acid S-(fluoromethyl) ester.
  • compositions disclosed herein and used herein comprise one or more excipients.
  • Excipients useful herein include, by way of non-limiting example, mucoadhesive agents, viscosity enhancing agents, binders, fillers, lubricants, solvents, suspension agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, sweeteners, preservatives, antioxidants, buffering agents, humectants, chelating agents, surfactants, and the like.
  • the corticosteroid(s) utilized herein are utilized as particles (e.g., corticosteroid particles suspended or dispersed in an aqueous medium).
  • the particles are microparticles.
  • the microparticles have a mean diameter of about 0.1 microns to about 50 microns.
  • the microparticles have a mean diameter of about 1 micron to about 20 microns.
  • at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% of the microparticles have a diameter of less than 10 microns.
  • a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than 50% w/w, less than 40% w/w, less than 30% w/w, less than 20% w/w, less than 10% W/W, less than 8% w/w, less than 6% w/w, less than 5% w/w, less than 4% w/w, less than 3% w/w, less than 2% w/w, or about 2% w/w, less than 1% w/w, less than 0.5% w/w, less than 0.3% w/w, less than 0.2% w/w, or about 0.2% w/w of undissolved particles.
  • a composition or formulation described herein is substantially free of non-corticosteroid particles.
  • the acid inhibitor is an H2 antagonist including, but not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine and famotidine.
  • the H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
  • the acid inhibitor is a PPI including, but not limited to, omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazo
  • the at least one additional active agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR 5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT 4 receptor agonist, 5HT 3 receptor antagonist, 5HT 1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • PPI proton pump inhibitor
  • H2 antagonist a H2 antagonist
  • TLESR transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation
  • P-CAB potassium-competitive acid blocker
  • mucosal protectant a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent
  • mGluR 5 antagonists acetylcholine modul
  • the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABA B agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof.
  • the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT 4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT 4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof.
  • potassium competitive acid blocker is selected fror by way of non-limiting example, soraprazan (BY359), revaprazan (YH1885), AZD0865, CS-526 and combinations thereof.
  • mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate.
  • mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E 2 (PGE 2 ), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor- ⁇ (TGF- ⁇ ), or analogs thereof.
  • the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE 2 analog trimoprostil.
  • the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)- ⁇ -methyl-histamine.
  • the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360.
  • Excipients such as, for example, those listed herein, may be included in the composition to increase the viscosity of the delivered composition.
  • the liquid viscosity may be increased in the oral form or the excipient may increase the viscosity of the dissolved form of a tablet.
  • the viscosity should be at a level that is sufficient to deliver an effective amount of the composition to the esophagus, for example, in an amount that may at least partially coat the esophagus, and thereafter deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum.
  • the viscosity is at a level that may be given orally, thus not so thick that it is either too difficult to swallow, causes gagging, or is unpalatable.
  • One method for determining sufficient viscosity may include monitoring changes in the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including but not limited to measuring changes in residence or retention time of the composition in the absence and presence of the excipient.
  • Another method for determining whether the composition is sufficiently viscous is by determining whether the inflammation, or eosinophilic infiltration, of the esophagus is reduced after treatment with the composition.
  • Viscosity can also be determined by any method that will measure the resistance to shear offered by the substance or preparation. Many viscometers are available to those in the pharmaceutical field, and as discussed include those built by, for example, Brookfield.
  • Viscosity-enhancing excipients that may be used in pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, one or more maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g.
  • PEG 2004500 gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC) (e.g., sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (NaCMC)), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof.
  • the viscosity-enhancing excipient is Splenda®.
  • the viscosity enhancing agent also imparts a mucoadhesive character on the composition (as compared to a composition lacking the viscosity enhancing agent). In other embodiments, the viscosity enhancing agent does not substantially affect the mucoadhesive character of the composition.
  • Viscosity may be, for example, measured at room temperature, at about 20-25 degrees Celsius, or at about 37 degrees Celsius to mimic body temperature.
  • the viscosity of the composition described herein is any viscosity suitable for delivery of the corticosteroid to the inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the viscosity of the composition is at least about 1 or at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 100 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition is at least about 100 cP. In certain embodiments, the viscosity of the composition, measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer). In another aspect, the viscosity of the composition may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP.
  • cP centipoise
  • the viscosity of the formulation is about 30 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP (e.g., as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius equipped with an ultra low adapter).
  • the viscosity is about the viscosity of about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®V, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml water, at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • a preferred embodiment is equivalent to the viscosity of 10 grams of Splenda® added to 4 ml of water, at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • the viscosity is about the viscosity of 5 to 20 grams of Splenda® in 8 ml total liquid volume, at 25 degrees Celsius. In other embodiments, the viscosity is about the viscosity of 5 to 15 grams of Splenda® in an 8 ml total liquid volume, at room temperature. In other embodiments, the viscosity is about the viscosity of 8 to 12 grams of Splenda® in an 8 ml total liquid volume at 25 degrees Celsius. In some embodiments, the viscosity is between that of about a fruit nectar and commercial honey, where the viscosity is measured at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • Viscosity can also be determined by any method that will measure the resistance to shear offered by the substance or preparation. Many viscometers are available to those in the pharmaceutical field, and include those built by, for example, Brookfield.
  • Viscosity may be, for example, measured at room temperature, at about 20-25 degrees Celsius, or at about 37 degrees Celsius to mimic body temperature.
  • the viscosity of the composition described herein is any viscosity suitable for delivery of the corticosteroid to the targeted and/or inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the viscosity of the composition is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 35 cP, at least about 40 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 200 cP, or at least about 225 cP. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is at least about 100 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition, as measured at 25 degrees Celsius is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer).
  • the viscosity of the composition may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP.
  • the viscosity of the formulation is about 30 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP (e.g., as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius equipped with an ultra low adapter).
  • the viscosity of the composition is measured at room temperature (about 25 degrees C.) with a shear rate of about 13.2 sec ⁇ 1 .
  • a composition having a viscosity under such conditions that is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 35 cP, at least about 40 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 200 cP, at least about 225 cP, at least about 250 cP, at least about 300 cP, or at least about 400 cP.
  • cP centipoise
  • the viscosity of the composition under such conditions is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 250 cP to about 2,000 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer).
  • the viscosity of the composition under such conditions may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP.
  • the viscosity of the formulation measured under such conditions is about 30 cP, about 40 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition is measured at room temperature (about 25 degrees C.) with a shear rate of about 15 sec ⁇ 1 (e.g., with a gap between the spindle and the sample chamber wall of about 6 mm or greater).
  • composition having a viscosity under such conditions that is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 100 cP, at least about 150 centipoise (cP), at least about 160 cP, at least about 170 cP, at least about 180 cP, at least about 190 cP, or at least about 200 cP.
  • cP centipoise
  • the viscosity of the composition under such conditions is about 150 cP to about 250,000 cP, 160 cP to about 250,000 cP, 170 cP to about 250,000 cP, 180 cP to about 250,000 cP, or 190 cP to about 250,000 cP.
  • a surface of the gastrointestinal tract e.g., the surface of the esophagus
  • oral administration e.g., swallowing
  • a composition described herein to the esophagus e.g., following initial swallowing or drinking of the composition
  • at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% by weight of the corticosteroid or composition administered is present within the esophagus (e.g., as measured by gamma scintigraphy) after at least 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 15 seconds, 20 seconds, 25 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, 45 seconds, 50 seconds, or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes following application of the composition to the esophagus.
  • even small differences (e.g., increases) in adherence times (e.g., residence times) between formulations can result in therapeutically significant or clinically significant results or improvements.
  • the weight percent of corticosteroid containing composition that resides on or adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after 5, 10, 15, 30, 45 seconds or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is greater than (e.g., more than 1.1 ⁇ , 1.2 ⁇ , 1.3 ⁇ , 1.4 ⁇ , 1.5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ ) the weight percent of a control composition that resides on or adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), when similarly administered to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract, such as by oral administration (e.g., swallowing).
  • the control composition contains the same amount of corticosteroid, 4 mL of aqueous formulation and 10 packs of Splenda® (distributed by McNeil Nutritionals, LLC Fort Washington, Pa. 19034-2299) for every 0.5 mg, 1 mg, or 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., 2 Respules of Pulmicort®, each a 2 mL suspension containing 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, or 1 mg of micronized budesonide).
  • the control composition contains 4 mL Pulmicort® and 10 packets of Splenda®.
  • the control composition contains the same amount of corticosteroid, 8 mL of aqueous formulation and 20 packs of Splenda® (packs of Splenda® comprise about 1 g and are distributed by McNeil Nutritionals, LLC Fort Washington, Pa. 19034-2299) for every 0.5 mg, 1 mg, or 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., 4 Respules of Pulmicort®, each a 2 mL suspension containing 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, or 1 mg of micronized budesonide).
  • packs of Splenda® comprise about 1 g and are distributed by McNeil Nutritionals, LLC Fort Washington, Pa. 19034-2299
  • corticosteroid e.g., 4 Respules of Pulmicort®, each a 2 mL suspension containing 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, or 1 mg of micronized budesonide.
  • control composition comprises the same volume and the same corticosteroid in the same amount as present in the stable oral pharmaceutical composition, and has a viscosity of about 1 cP at 25° C. and a shear rate of about 13.2 sect (e.g., Respules of Pulmicort®).
  • Formulations described herein as control compositions are also contemplated herein.
  • the weight percent of corticosteroid containing composition that adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract may be determined by dividing the amount of corticosteroid containing composition adhering to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by the total amount of corticosteroid containing composition that was administered to surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and multiplying the result by 100%.
  • the weight percent of control composition that adheres to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may be determined by dividing the amount of control composition adhering to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by the total amount of control composition that was administered to surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and multiplying the result by 100%.
  • the amount of corticosteroid that adheres to or is absorbed by surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after 5, 10, 15, 30, or 45 seconds or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is greater than (e.g., more than 1.1 ⁇ , 1.2 ⁇ , 1.3 ⁇ , 1.4 ⁇ , 1.5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ ) a control composition containing the same amount of corticosteroid, e.g., 4 mL of aqueous formulation and 10 packs of Splenda® for every 0.5 mg or 1 mg of corticosteroid.
  • One pack of Splenda® contains about one gram of a mixture comprising dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is a non-Newtonian fluid or a Newtonian fluid.
  • a composition described herein is non-Newtonian.
  • the non-Newtonian fluid is a plastic, pseudo-plastic or dilatant non-Newtonian fluid.
  • the non-Newtonian fluid is thixotropic.
  • the non-Newtonian fluid composition thins with shear, and thickens upon the absence of shear.
  • a fluid pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for easy pouring following mild or moderate agitation.
  • a fluid pharmaceutical composition that while being suitable for easy pouring following mild or moderate agitation becomes viscous enough upon oral administration to allow the pharmaceutical composition to at least partially coat the esophagus and topically deliver a therapeutically effective amount of corticosteroid to the esophagus.
  • the at least one additional excipient is selected from a non-Newtonian viscosity enhancing agent (i.e., an agent that provides a composition herein with a non-Newtonian character).
  • Non-Newtonian viscosity enhancing agents include, by way of non-limiting example, acacia (e.g., used in about 5-10% w/w of a pharmaceutical composition described herein), alginic acid (e.g., about 0.5-20% w/w), carbomer, CaCMC, NaCMC, carrageenan (e.g., about 0.3-12% w/w), ceratonia (e.g., about 0.1-1% w/w), chitosin (e.g., about 0.5-2% w/w), colloidal silicon dioxide (e.g., about 2-10% w/w), ethylcellulose (e.g., about 5-25% w/w), gelatin, guar gum (e.g., about 1-2.5% w/w), HEC, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose (e.g., about 1-5% w/w), hydroxypropyl cellulose (e.g., about 1-10% w/w),
  • a Newtonian fluid can be described as a fluid whose viscosity is equal to the shear stress exerted by the fluid divided by the velocity gradient perpendicular to the direction of the shear.
  • the at least one additional excipient is selected from a Newtonian viscosity enhancing agent (i.e., an agent that provides a composition herein with a Newtonian character).
  • Newtonian viscosity enhancing agents include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerin (e.g., about 50-80% w/w), polydextrose (e.g., about 50-70% w/w), and combinations thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is sufficiently spreadable and/or has an appropriate flow characteristic on a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the spreadability and/or flow characteristic of the composition is suitable so as to allow a pharmaceutical composition or a unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein to spread across and/or flow upon the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and at least partially coat the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • topical delivery of the corticosteroid to the gastrointestinal site is achieved.
  • Excipients such as, for example, those listed herein, may be included in the composition are mucoadhesive agents including, but not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a carbopol; a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer; a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g.
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer
  • carbopol a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer
  • a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) e.g.
  • Carbopol 947P a carbomer homopolymer; a carbomer copolymer; a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, one or more maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • the mucoadhesive agent may be used in combination with a viscosity increasing excipient, or may be used alone to increase the interaction of the composition with the esophagus.
  • the mucoadhesive agent also imparts an increased viscosity character on the composition (as compared to a composition lacking the mucoadhesive agent). In other embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent does not substantially affect the viscosity of the composition.
  • the mucoadhesive agent and/or viscosity enhancing agent comprises one or more maltodextrin.
  • the physical characteristics of maltodextrins vary depending, e.g., on the dextrose equivalent of the specific maltodextrin.
  • the dextrose equivalent of a specific maltodextrin may affect the viscosity, hygroscopicity, sweetness, humectancy, plasticity, solubility and or mucoadhesiveness of the maltodextrin.
  • a maltodextrin is selected based on the specific character that is desired to be imparted upon the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • a maltodextrin is selected that increases the mucoadhesive character of a composition described herein without substantially increasing the viscosity of the composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the maltodextrin). In other embodiments, a maltodextrin is selected that increases the viscosity of a composition described herein without substantially increasing the mucoadhesiveness of the composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the maltodextrin).
  • the oral pharmaceutical composition comprises a first maltodextrin that increases the viscosity of the oral pharmaceutical composition and a second maltodextrin that increases the mucoadhesive character of the oral pharmaceutical composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the second maltodextrin).
  • a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than about 0.1 g or less than about 1 g of maltodextrin for every mL of liquid vehicle in the oral pharmaceutical composition. In certain instances, a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than 2 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 1.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 1 g of maltodextrin/ml of composition, less than 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 0.25 g/mL of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.4 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.3 g of malto
  • the maltodextrin is substantially dissolved in the liquid vehicle.
  • the maltodextrin has a dextrose equivalents (DE) of greater than 4, greater than 5, greater than 10, greater than 11, greater than 12, greater than 13, greater than 14, greater than 15, about 15, about 4 to about 10, about 4 to about 9, about 4 to about 8, about 11 to about 20, about 12 to about 19, about 13 to about 18, or about 14 to about 16.
  • the first maltodextrin has a DE of about 4 to about 10, about 4 to about 9, or about 4 to about 8 and the second maltodextrin has a DE of about 10 to about 20, about 12 to about 19, or about 13 to about 18.
  • at least one maltodextrin utilized in a composition described herein has a molecular weight high enough to increase the solubility of a corticosteroid, or to increase the suspendability of a corticosteroid particle.
  • a composition or formulation described herein comprises dextrose.
  • the composition or formulation comprises less than 50% w/w, 40% W/w, 30% w/w, 20% w/w, 15% w/w, 10% w/w, 5% w/w, or 3% w/w.
  • the dextrose is substantially dissolved in a liquid vehicle of the composition or formulation.
  • the mucoadhesiveness imparted to the composition is at a level that is sufficient to deliver an effective amount of the composition to, for example, a gastrointestinal site (e.g., the esophagus) in an amount that may at least partially coat a gastrointestinal site (e.g., the esophagus), and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum.
  • the mucoadhesiveness should be at a level that may be given orally, i.e. allows a patient to swallow, limits a gagging reaction, and is palatable.
  • One method for determining sufficient mucoadhesiveness may include monitoring changes in the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including but not limited to measuring changes in residence or retention time of the composition in the absence and presence of the excipient.
  • Another method for determining whether the composition is sufficiently mucoadhesive is by determining whether the inflammation, or eosinophilic infiltration, of the esophagus is reduced after treatment with the corticosteroid.
  • a composition or formulation described herein to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus)
  • at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% by weight of the corticosteroid administered adheres to and/or is absorbed at a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after at least 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes following application of the composition to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the surface of the gastrointestinal tract is the site of gastrointestinal inflammation.
  • one or more excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract is selected and selected in an amount sufficient to cause a composition or formulation described herein to cause at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95% by weight of the corticosteroid containing composition or formulation or the corticosteroid to adhere to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) for or 5 seconds, 10 seconds, or 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is after administration to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the
  • compositions or formulation comprising one or more excipient that increases interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including, by way of non-limiting example, one or more viscosity enhancing agent, one or more mucoadhesive agent, one or more absorption enhancer, or a combination thereof, is substantially or at least partially dissolved in a liquid vehicle.
  • adherence and/or absorption of a pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may be determined by scintigraphy or by an assay. In some embodiments, such determinations are performed in vivo or in vitro.
  • in vivo scintigraphy may include combining a pharmaceutical composition described herein with a detectable radioisotope, administering the labeled composition to a subject and detecting and/or measuring the adherence of the pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) with a device (e.g., camera) that detects and/or measures radioactivity.
  • a device e.g., camera
  • in vivo scintigraphy may include linking a corticosteroid described herein with a detectable radioisotope, formulating the labeled corticosteroid into a composition described herein, administering the composition to a subject and detecting and/or measuring the adherence of the pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) with a device (e.g., camera) that detects and/or measures radioactivity.
  • a device e.g., camera
  • an in vitro assay for detecting adherence of a pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid described herein to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may include applying a composition described herein to a distal portion of a strip of gastrointestinal tissue (e.g., porcine esophageal tissue) and subjecting the composition to a flow of artificial saliva in the direction of the opposite distal portion of the strip. Determination of adherence of the composition and/or corticosteroid may be determined at a given time by detecting either the amount of composition and/or corticosteroid eluted or the amount of composition and/or corticosteroid remaining on the gastrointestinal tissue.
  • a composition described herein to a distal portion of a strip of gastrointestinal tissue (e.g., porcine esophageal tissue) and subjecting the composition to a flow of artificial saliva in the direction of the opposite distal portion of the strip. Determination of adherence of the composition and/or corticosteroid may be determined at a given time by detecting
  • Mucoadhesive agents have been described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,638,521, 6,562,363, 6,509,028, 6,348,502, 6,319,513, 6,306,789, 5,814,330, and 4,900,552, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the mucoadhesive agent is maltodextrin.
  • Maltodextrin is a carbohydrate produced by the hydrolysis of starch that may be derived from corn, potato, wheat or other plant products. Maltodextrin may be used either alone or in combination with other mucoadhesive agents to impart mucoadhesive characteristics on the compositions disclosed herein. In one embodiment, a combination of maltodextrin and a carbopol polymer are used to increase the mucoadhesive characteristics of the compositions disclosed herein.
  • a mucoadhesive agent can be, for example, at least two particulate components selected from titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, wherein the composition is not further diluted with any liquid prior to administration and the level of silicon dioxide, if present, is from about 3% to about 15%, by weight of the composition.
  • Silicon dioxide if present, may be selected from the group consisting of fumed silicon dioxide, precipitated silicon dioxide, coacervated silicon dioxide, gel silicon dioxide, and mixtures thereof.
  • Clay if present, may be kaolin minerals, serpentine minerals, smectites, illite or a mixture thereof. For example, clay can be laponite, bentonite, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonites or a mixture thereof.
  • absorption enhancing agents include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to
  • Absorption enhancing agents may act by increasing absorption of the active agent, including corticosteroids and acid inhibitors, through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). Examples of absorption enhancing agents are disclosed in WO 2005/113008, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • compositions contemplated herein may also include a combination of excipients that are viscosity enhancing agents, mucoadhesive agents and/or absorption enhancing agents. Moreover, an excipient may exhibit multiple characteristics, i.e. may be both a viscosity enhancing agent and a mucoadhesive agent. The composition may also include excipients that do not impart characteristics of viscosity enhancing, mucoadhesive agents or absorption enhancing activity.
  • compositions provided herein can prevent or alleviate gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation.
  • the additional active agent e.g., an acid inhibitor such as a therapeutically effective amount of an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI
  • the additional active agent prevents or alleviates gastrointestinal reflux associated with esophageal inflammation, or with GERD-associated ailments or disorders.
  • compositions comprising a corticosteroid (e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide or fluticasone propionate), at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) and an excipient, or combination of excipients thereof, that increases the interaction of the composition with the esophagus or target area.
  • a corticosteroid e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract
  • an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI
  • excipient or combination of excipients thereof
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are used to treat, prevent or alleviate inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus, stomach an/or digestive tract.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be, for example, in liquid form, or can be a powder that is ready for suspension or dispersion.
  • Liquid forms include, by way of non-limiting example, emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, slurries, dispersions, colloids and the like.
  • compositions provided in a liquid form further comprise a liquid vehicle.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in liquid, semi-solid or solid form.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in semi-solid form, e.g., a gel, a gel matrix, a cream, a paste, or the like.
  • semi-solid forms comprise a liquid vehicle.
  • Liquid vehicles are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, water, ethanol, and other non-toxic liquid vehicles suitable for oral administration.
  • compositions comprising a corticosteroid (e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide), at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) and an excipient, or combination of excipients thereof, that increases the interaction of the composition with the esophagus or target area, in the form of a dissolving tablet, a dissolving wafer, a capsule, a powder, or a gel capsule.
  • a corticosteroid e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide
  • at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H
  • the liquid, tablets, wafers, and capsules are formulated with at least one excipient to deliver a viscous form of the corticosteroid to the esophagus.
  • the compositions disclosed herein are formulated with at least one excipient that imparts a mucoadhesive character to the composition.
  • the compositions disclosed herein are formulated with at least one excipient that increases the viscosity and imparts a mucoadhesive character to the composition.
  • compositions provided herein are prepared utilizing any suitable source of active agents.
  • corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) and/or other therapeutic agents used in the compositions described herein are formulated into compositions described herein as neat therapeutic agents.
  • the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is neat, bulk corticosteroid.
  • the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is powder corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide).
  • the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is micronized corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide).
  • the corticosteroid is administered in a commercially available formulation.
  • the corticosteroid is administered in a composition comprising a commercially available formulation of a corticosteroid.
  • the corticosteroid containing composition comprises a commercially available formulation and an excipient, such as an excipient that imparts a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition and/or a diluent.
  • the commercially available formulation is Pulmicort Respules®.
  • the corticosteroid is budesonide
  • the commercially available formulation is Rhinocort Aqua®.
  • the commercially available formulation is Flonase®.
  • the ratio of commercially available formulation to the optional diluent is between about 1:0.5 and about 1:100.
  • Diluents include any pharmaceutically acceptable oral diluent including, e.g., powder diluents (such as talc) and liquid diluents (such as water, ethanol and combinations thereof).
  • the commercially available formulation is Entocort®.
  • Entocort® formulations are dissolved and/or dispersed in an aqueous vehicle.
  • the Entocort® formulation is dispersed in a liquid vehicle that has a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles.
  • the Entocort® formulation is pre-treated with a solvent having a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles therein, and the particles are subsequently formulated into a composition described herein.
  • compositions are particularly beneficial to children in that they often have the most difficulty using the puff and swallow technique
  • the methods of the present invention may also be used for individuals of any age.
  • “individual” is meant any animal, for example, a mammal, or, for example, a human, including, for example, patients in need of treatment.
  • compositions of the present invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases.
  • the compositions may, for example, be used to treat mammals, including, but not limited to, primates and domesticated mammals.
  • the compositions may, for example be used to treat herbivores.
  • the compositions of the present invention include geometric and optical isomers.
  • compositions suitable for use in the present invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. It is expected that a skilled pharmacologist may adjust the amount of drug in a pharmaceutical composition or administered to a patient based upon standard techniques well known in the art.
  • viscosity enhancing agents include but are not limited to, acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g.
  • PEG 200-4500 gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (about 90% dextrose, about 10% maltodextrin (DE is about 10) and about 0.1% sucralose) or combinations thereof.
  • PVP
  • excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition, thereby increasing interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), are also included.
  • Specific mucoadhesive agents may be used as an excipient, including, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g.
  • Carbopol 947P a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • agents that enhance absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may be used to increase the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • Such agents include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol,
  • the excipient used is a mucoadhesive agent, in others a viscosity enhancing agent, and in yet other embodiments the excipient used as an absorption enhancer. It is also contemplated that the excipient used is a combination of one or more of these agents, or alternatively may not include a mucoadhesive agent, viscosity enhancing or an absorption enhancing agent as the excipient.
  • Liquid suspensions may include a unit dosage form of a combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor), and an excipient that increases the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • an additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor), and an excipient that increases the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • one or more of the corticosteroid, the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract and excipient is suspended.
  • the corticosteroid is suspended and the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract and the excipient(s) are dissolved.
  • Unit dosage forms include the bulk preparation of a composition disclosed herein, such as multiple doses of a liquid suspension contained in a single container or vial.
  • Unit dosage forms may also include doses of the combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor) and an excipient disclosed herein in individual vials or containers.
  • liquid suspensions may include multiple unit dosage forms of a combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor) and an excipient disclosed herein.
  • Multiple unit dosage forms may include the liquid formulations of the individual active agents, e.g.
  • liquid suspensions of the present invention may include those prepared by adding about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml of budesonide, such as that obtained from a Budesonide respule, or larger volumes having the same ratios of Splenda® to budesonide.
  • the liquid suspension may include the formulation above and an acid inhibitor, such as
  • the formulation may include tablets or capsules for administration to a patient.
  • a tablet or capsule may contain anywhere from 1 mg to as much as 1 g of the active agents, including a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor).
  • Compositions can be provided in a unit dose formulation for oral administration of a patient.
  • the tablet or capsule may be in the form of multiple unit form dosages.
  • an H2 antagonist is present in the unit dose in an amount of between 1 mg and 500 mg in combination with a corticosteroid at about 500 ug to 3 mg.
  • a PPI is present in the unit dose with a corticosteroid in an amount of between 1 mg and 600 mg.
  • a H2 antagonist or PPI is present in an amount effective to alleviate gastrointestinal reflux by about 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 31-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more (or any fold therebetween).
  • Typical amounts for H2 antagonists or blockers are, by way of non-limiting example, cimetidine, 100 to 800 mg/unit dose; ranitidine, 50-300 mg/unit dose; famotidine, 5-100 mg/unit dose; ebrotidine 400-800 mg/unit dose; pabutidine 40 mg/unit dose; lafutidine 5-20 mg/unit dose; and nizatidine, 50-600 mg/unit dose.
  • Proton pump inhibitors may typically be present, by way of non-limiting example, at about 5 mg to 600 mg per unit dose.
  • the proton pump inhibitor omeprazole may be present in tablets, capsules or liquid form in an amount, by way of non-limiting example, from 5 to 50 mg, with about 20 mg per unit dosage form being preferred.
  • Other typical amounts are, by way of non-limiting example: esomeprazole, 5-100 mg, with about 40 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; lansoprazole, 15-150 mg, with about 30 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; pantoprazole, 10-200 mg, with about 40 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; and rabeprazole, 5-100 mg, with about 20 mg per unit dosage form being preferred.
  • the formulation may also be coated with an enteric coating, which protects an active agent, for example a PPI, from degradation in an acidic environment, such as the stomach, and allows a delayed release into a target area, for example the duodenum, for uptake.
  • the enteric coating may be, for example, methacrylate copolymer (for example, Eudragit L100 and Eudragit L100-55), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate succinate, carboxymethylethyl cellulose, acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), copolymer of methacrylic acid and ethyl acrylate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), shellac, chitosan succinate, chitosan phthlate, cellulose acetate trimelliate and polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PV
  • a sustained-release substrate may also be used, such as methacrylic acid polymers [e.g., Eudragit NE30D (trade name), Eudragit RL30D (trade name), Eudragit RS30D (trade name), etc.]; water-soluble polymers; plasticizers such as triethyl citrate, polyethylene glycol, acetylated monoglycerides, triacetine alkyl celluloses, e.g. carboxymethylcellulose, other cellulosic materials or compounds (e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose or propyl cellulose, more preferably ethyl cellulose.
  • methacrylic acid polymers e.g., Eudragit NE30D (trade name), Eudragit RL30D (trade name), Eudragit RS30D (trade name), etc.
  • plasticizers such as triethyl citrate, polyethylene glycol,
  • polyvinyl acetate polymers e.g., polyvinyl acetate phthalate
  • an inactive intermediate film nay be provided between the active agent, for example, a PPI, and the enteric coating to prevent interaction of the active agent with the enteric coating.
  • an active agent may be protected from the stomach's acidic environment and later release in the duodenum or lower gastrointestinal tract through other means, including buffering the active agent, for example a PPI, with a buffering agent, including sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, or combinations thereof.
  • buffering agent including sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, or combinations thereof.
  • the composition includes a combination of a corticosteroid and an acid inhibitor, together with an excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the combination may include, for example, 250 ug to 3 mg, or 500 ug to 3 mg, or 500 ug to 2 mg, or 1 mg to 3 mg of a corticosteroid, such as budesonide, together with 50 to 300 mg, 100 to 300 mg, 200-300 mg ranitidine.
  • inventions may include more than one corticosteroid and/or acid inhibitor, for example, a combination of budesonide and fluticasone together with ranitidine, or a combination of budesonide together with ranitidine and omeprazole.
  • corticosteroid and/or acid inhibitor for example, a combination of budesonide and fluticasone together with ranitidine, or a combination of budesonide together with ranitidine and omeprazole.
  • the exact dosage depends on the route of administration, the form in which the composition is administered, the subject to be treated, the age, body weight and/or height of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
  • the optimal concentration of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor in the composition depends upon the specific active agent used, the characteristics of the patient and the nature of the inflammation and/or acid reduction for which the treatment is sought. These factors can be determined by those of skill in the medical and pharmaceutical arts in view of the present disclosure.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to the amount of the corticosteroid that results in a degree of amelioration of symptoms and inflammation relative to the status of such symptoms prior to treatment.
  • the dosage forms containing effective amounts are within the scope of the instant invention.
  • the amount of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) used in a method or in a composition described herein is from about 2.5 to 400 ⁇ g/kg of body weight per day, or for example, in the range of 5 to 300 ⁇ g/kg per day, or for example in the range of 5 to 200 ⁇ g/kg per day, or for example in the range of 5 to 100 ⁇ g/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10 to 100 ⁇ g/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10-50 ⁇ g/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10-100 ⁇ g/kg/day, or for example in the range of 5-50 ⁇ g/kg/day, or in an illustrative embodiment in the range of 10-60 Mg/kg/day.
  • corticosteroid e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • the amount of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) used in a method, in a combination or a dose of a combination disclosed herein includes, by way of non-limiting example, about 100 ⁇ g to about 20 mg, 300 fig to about 4 mg, 250 ⁇ g to about 20 mg, about 250 ⁇ g to about 15 mg, about 250 ⁇ g to about 10 mg, about 250 ⁇ g to about 5 mg, about 250 ⁇ g to about 3 mg, or about 500 ⁇ g to about 3 mg, about 375 ⁇ g to about 1.5 mg, or about 500 ⁇ g to about 2 mg, or about 1 mg to about 3 mg.
  • corticosteroid e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • a composition described herein comprises 1 or more doses.
  • a composition described herein is contained in a multiple unit container.
  • a kit comprising a composition described herein and a container (e.g., a multiple unit or single unit container).
  • a composition or a kit comprising a composition that comprises from about 2 and about 180, about 10 to about 60, about 14 or about 30 doses.
  • a therapeutically effective dose of at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., acid inhibitor) refers to the amount of at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., acid inhibitor) that results in a degree of amelioration of symptoms and/or acid reduction relative to the status of such symptoms prior to treatments.
  • the dosage forms containing effective amounts are within the bounds of routine experimentation, and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention.
  • Doses of acid inhibitors may include, by way of non-limiting example, 1 ⁇ g to 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, or for example, in the range of 2.5 ⁇ g to 1 mg/kg of body weight per day. In one embodiment, 100 ⁇ g-1 mg/kg of body weight per day of an acid inhibitor is administered.
  • a dosage or amount (including a divided dose) of corticosteroid is provided in a composition of sufficient volume to allow any of the compositions disclosed herein to reach the targeted and/or inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract, including, e.g., the esophagus, in an effective amount.
  • the effective amount of the composition delivered to the esophagus is an amount sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus, and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum.
  • a composition or dose of a composition described herein has a volume of, for example about 1-20 ml, about 1-50 mL, or for example about 140 mL, or for example about 1-30 mL, or for example about 1-25 mL, or for example about 5-25 mL, or for example about 10-20 mL, or for example about 10 mL, or for example, about 15 mL, or for example, about 20 mL, or for example about 1-15 mL, or for example about 1-10 mL, or for example about 2-8 mL, or for example about 3-7 mL, or for example, about 4-6 mL, or for example, about 5 mL, or for example about 6-14 mL, or for example about 8-12 mL, or for example, about 9-11 mL, or for example, about 10 mL.
  • about 0.375 mg, about 0.5 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.5 mg, or about 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is formulated into a single or unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein, the single or unit dose having a total volume of about 1-20 ml, about 10-20 mL, or for example about 10 mL, or for example, about 15 mL, or for example, about 20 mL, or for example about 1-15 mL, or for example about 1-10 mL, or for example about 2-8 mL, or for example about 3-7 mL, or for example, about 4-6 mL, or for example, about 5 mL, or for example about 6-14 mL, or for example about 8-12 mL, or for example, about 9-11 mL, or for example, about 10 mL.
  • corticosteroid e.g., budesonide
  • liquid encompasses, e.g., slurries, solutions, suspensions, dispersions emulsions, or any combination thereof, depending on the solubilities and amounts of the individual components and the carriers, vehicles and/or solvents used.
  • an appropriate palatable dosage is in a volume sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus, and in an illustrative embodiment, the volume is sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus and deliver the corticosteroid to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum.
  • the composition may be delivered, for example, four times a day, three times a day, twice a day, once a day, every other day, three times a week, twice a week, or once a week.
  • the dosage may, for example, be divided into multiple doses throughout the day, or be provided, for example, in four, three, two, or one dose a day. In one illustrative example, the dose is provided once a day. In certain instances, administration more frequent administration (e.g., b.i.d. versus once a day) provides for a shorter overall therapy or a quicker onset of symptom resolution.
  • a dose or composition described herein is administered with food. In some embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered without food. In certain embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered in a fed or fasted state. In some embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered in the morning, in the afternoon, in the evening, at night, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the dose is administered at night. In another aspect, the dose is administered about 30 minutes prior to bed, with no food or water given after administration of the compositions herein.
  • the dose is administered prior to bedtime, wherein after administration of the composition, the patient or individual is in a substantially supine position for at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 4 hours or at least 8 hours.
  • provided herein are methods of treating, preventing, or alleviating inflammation or symptoms associated with inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the esophagus, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a single unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein from a multidose container.
  • administering a single unit dose from a multi dose container comprises (1) shaking a multidose container, the multidose container comprising at least one unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein; (2) pouring (or otherwise dispensing) a single unit dose from the multidose container into an administration device (e.g., a device suitable for administering to a human individual, such as a spoon, cup or syringe); and (3) administering the single unit dose to the individual in need thereof.
  • shaking of the multidose container occurs until the fluid therein has a viscosity suitable for pouring (e.g., easy pouring).
  • the process further comprises waiting after pouring the single unit dose and prior to administering the single unit dose to the individual in need thereof.
  • the wait time is a time sufficient to allow the viscosity of composition to achieve a desired level, e.g., a viscosity to improve the coating capabilities of the composition.
  • the wait time is, e.g., about 3 seconds, or more; about 5 seconds, or more; about 10 seconds, or more; about 15 seconds, or more; about 20 seconds, or more; about 25 seconds, or more; about 30 seconds, or more; about 40 seconds, or more; about 45 seconds, or more; about 50 seconds, or more; or about 60 seconds, or more.
  • the composition is administered immediately following pouring the composition into the administration device.
  • the process comprises shaking the multidose container well.
  • initial treatment continues, for example, for about 3 days to 2 weeks for an acute condition, or about 4 weeks to about 16 weeks for a chronic condition, or about 8 weeks to about 12 weeks for a chronic condition.
  • longer therapy is needed, such as, for example, therapy similar to chronic therapy for persistent asthma.
  • patients are, for example, be treated for up to 6 months, or up to one year.
  • maintenance treatments last up to or longer than one year.
  • patients are treated on a maintenance basis or on an as needed basis during a problematic episode, depending on the severity of the condition.
  • patients are treated on a rotating treatment basis, where treatment is provided for a period of time and then the patient is taken off of the drug for a period before treatment resumes again.
  • the patient may be given no treatment, treatment with another medication, dietary therapy, or treatment with a reduced dosage.
  • patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition.
  • a patient combines treatment with a composition described herein with a treatment with another medication, and/or dietary therapy.
  • patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition.
  • methods of treatment described herein include intermittent or continuous treatments.
  • a method of treating gastrointestinal inflammation described herein includes prophylactic treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation (e.g., a treatment that prevents symptoms and/or inflammation from occurring).
  • a method of treating gastrointestinal inflammation described herein includes a method of prolonging and/or maintaining remission of gastrointestinal inflammation by administering or continuing to administer a pharmaceutical composition as described herein after inflammation and/or symptoms of inflammation are in remission.
  • prophylactic and/or remissive therapies optionally comprise administration of a composition described herein comprising a reduced amount of corticosteroid compared to the amount of corticosteroid utilized when the inflammation and/or symptoms of inflammation are not in remission.
  • provided herein is a method of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation (e.g., EoE) by administering a pharmaceutical composition described herein; and determining the efficacy of such a treatment.
  • the individual is a patient who has gastrointestinal inflammation and/or symptoms thereof that are refractory to at least one acid inhibitor (e.g., PPI and/or 112A).
  • effective treatment of the gastrointestinal inflammation with a composition described herein is a positive indication of EoE.
  • this method of diagnosis is used instead of an esophageal biopsy.
  • an effective amount is an amount sufficient to reduce inflammation or symptoms of inflammation associated with an inflammatory disease or condition of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus) as compared to the level of inflammation or symptoms of inflammation associated with an inflammatory disease prior to administration of the effective amount.
  • effective amount is an amount sufficient to maintain a reduction in inflammation or symptoms of inflammation achieved in any manner including, but not limited to, by the administration of an effective amount sufficient to achieve such a reduction.
  • the effective amount of a corticosteroid is about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 200 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 100 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 50 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 25 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, 0.05 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 7.5 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 3 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 2.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 4 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 3 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 0.1 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 4 mg, about 1 mg to about 4 mg, about 1 mg to about 3 mg, about 2 mg to about 3 mg, or about 2 mg to about 4 mg.
  • the effective amount of corticosteroid is about 0.05 mg, about 0.1 mg., about 0.15 mg., about 0.25 mg., about 0.3 mg., about 0.35 mg, about 0.4 mg, about 0.37 mg, about 0.375 mg, about 0.7 mg, about 0.8 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.2 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.3 mg, about 1.5 mg, about 2 mg, about 2.5 mg, about 3 mg, about 3.5 mg, about 4 mg, about 4.5 mg, about 5 mg, about 5.5 mg, about 6 mg, about 6.5 mg, about 7 mg, or about 7.5 mg or more.
  • the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 2 mg/mL of composition. In specific embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.03 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL. In more specific embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • the composition described herein is a composition comprising a corticosteroid, an additional active agent, dextrose, maltodextrin, edetate, citrate, polysorbate 80, an optional preservative, an optional flavoring agent, an optional sweetener, at least one additional excipient, and a liquid vehicle.
  • the composition comprises a preservative.
  • the composition comprises a flavoring agent.
  • the liquid vehicle is an aqueous medium (e.g., water).
  • corticosteroid particles e.g., microparticles
  • the corticosteroid is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, budesonide, fluticasone propionate and combinations thereof.
  • corticosteroid e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate
  • corticosteroid is present in a composition or formulation described herein in an amount of about 0.005 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL about 0.01 mg/mL to about 3 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 2 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/ml to about 0.4 mg/mL, about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • budesonide is present in an amount of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 3 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.4 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • fluticasone propionate is present in an amount of about 0.005 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • the compositions disclosed herein are provided in the form of a lozenge which may be dissolved in the mouth, thus reaching and at least partially coating the esophagus, and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum.
  • the lozenge or other similar dosage form e.g., a tablet, capsule, or other solid
  • the lozenge may be ground or otherwise dissolved in a small volume of water or other pharmaceutically suitable liquid, for example, reaching a total volume presented in embodiments herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein are provided in the form of a tablet, a capsule, or, for example a gel capsule, designed for slow release and delivery to the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus.
  • initial treatment continues, for example, for about 3 days to 2 weeks for an acute condition, or about 4 weeks to about 16 weeks for a chronic condition, or about 8 weeks to about 12 weeks for a chronic condition.
  • longer therapy is needed, such as, for example, therapy similar to chronic therapy for persistent asthma.
  • patients are, for example, be treated for up to 6 months, or up to one year.
  • maintenance treatment last up to or longer than one year.
  • patients are treated on a maintenance basis or on an as needed basis during a problematic episode, depending on the severity of the condition.
  • patients are treated on a rotating treatment basis, where treatment is provided for a period of time and then the patient is taken off of the drug for a period before treatment resumes again.
  • the patient may be given no treatment, treatment with another medication, or treatment with a reduced dosage.
  • patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition.
  • compositions of the present invention include pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, by way of non-limiting example, acetate, benzenesulfonate, besylate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/d
  • salts may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20.sup.th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wills (2000).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, for example, acetate, benzoate, bromide, carbonate, citrate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, napsylate, pamoate (embonate), phosphate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, or tartrate.
  • such salts are used for any of the actives described herein.
  • compositions may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally.
  • the agents are delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained-low release form as is known to those skilled in the art. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
  • compositions that contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and auxiliaries.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or auxiliaries are used to formulate the corticosteroids herein disclosed for the practice of the invention into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the invention.
  • the corticosteroid is formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or auxiliaries well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration.
  • compositions of the invention enable the compositions of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, soft chews, creams, pastes, chewable tablets, gels or gel matrices, syrups, slurries, suspensions, gums, lozenges, and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
  • oral formulations e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices
  • an interface layer between the oral formulation e.g., suspension, cream or gel matrix
  • a surface of the gastrointestinal tract e.g., the surface of the esophagus
  • an oral formulations e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices
  • a surface of the gastrointestinal tract e.g., the surface of the esophagus
  • portions of the oral formulations e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices
  • portions of the oral formulations with high concentrations of corticosteroid relative to the portions of the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) proximate to the interface layer replenishes corticosteroid in the portion of the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) proximate to the interface layer.
  • an interface layer is formed between a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and a mixture of the oral formulation (e.g., chewable tablet) and saliva of the individual.
  • pharmaceutical preparations for oral use are obtained by combining the corticosteroids with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • suitable excipients include, by way of non-limiting example, fillers such as sugars or starches, including dextrose, lactose, maltodextrin, sucrose, sucralose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, or a combination thereof.
  • Disintegrating agents are optionally added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions used herein include excipients suitable for rendering the dissolving tablet palatable, such as sweeteners or flavoring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are in liquid form.
  • Appropriate excipients for use in liquid form pharmaceutical compositions include, for example, those that increase the mucoadhesive character and/or viscosity of the liquid composition.
  • Optional excipients also include, by way of non-limiting example, those that render the liquid composition palatable.
  • Optional excipients that increase palatability include, by way of non-limiting example, sugars, including dextrose, lactose, sucrose, sucralose, maltodextrin, mannitol, or sorbitol; honey, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • Liquid suspensions of the present invention may include, for example, those prepared by adding about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml of a budesonide suspension, such as that obtained from commercially available Pulmicort Respules unit dose, or larger volumes having the same ratios of Splenda® to budesonide.
  • compositions or formulations described herein optionally comprise one or more binder, optionally comprise one or more filler, optionally comprise one or more lubricant, optionally comprise one or more solvent, optionally comprise one or more suspension agent, optionally comprise one or more flavoring agent, optionally comprise one or more coloring agent, optionally comprise one or more sweetener, optionally comprise one or more preservative, optionally comprise one or more antioxidant, optionally comprise one or more buffering agent, optionally comprise one or more humectant, optionally comprise one or more chelating agent optionally comprise one or more surfactant, or combinations thereof.
  • Preservatives include, by way of non-limiting example, benzalkonium chloride, cetrimide (cetyltrimethylammonium bromide), benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, methyl-, ethyl-, propyl- and butyl-esters of para-hydroxybenzoic acid, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, phenylmercuric acetate, borate and nitrate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sorbic acid, thiomersal (mercurithiosalicylate), combinations thereof, or the like.
  • compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.1% w/w to about 5% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 3% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 1% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.2% w/w of one or more preservative(s).
  • Antioxidants include, by way of non-limiting example, ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, sodium ascorbate, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate, sodium metabisulfite, BE, BRA, sodium bisulfite, vitamin E or a derivative thereof, propyl gallate, edetate (EDTA) (e.g., disodium edetate), Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), Triglycollamate (NT), combinations thereof or the like.
  • EDTA edetate
  • DTPA Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
  • NT Triglycollamate
  • compositions and formulations described herein optionally include of about 0.01% w/w to about 1% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.01% w/w to about 0.1% w/w one or more antioxidant(s).
  • Buffering agents include, by way of non-limiting example, citrate buffers (i.e., citric acid and citrate), phosphate buffers, acetate buffers, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • citrate includes all compounds of Formula I wherein each R is independently selected from an H and a negative charge (e.g., as a salt or as a disassociated salt or acid).
  • a negative charge e.g., as a salt or as a disassociated salt or acid.
  • citrate is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sodium citrate, citric acid and the like.
  • Humectants include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerine, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glyceryl triacetate, polyols (e.g., sorbitol, xylitol, maltitol, polydextrose), and the like.
  • Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.1% w/w to about 10% w/w, about 1% w/w to about 10% w/w, about 1% to about 8% w/w, or about 5% w/w of a humectant.
  • humectants inhibit precipitation and/or crystallization of one or more component of a composition or formulation described herein (e.g., a sweetener, mucoadhesive agent or a viscosity enhancing agent).
  • Chelating agents include, by way of non-limiting example, edetate (EDTA) (e.g., disodium edetate), Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), Triglycollamate (NT), or the like.
  • EDTA edetate
  • DTPA Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
  • NT Triglycollamate
  • Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.01% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.01% w/w to about 0.1% w/w, or about 0.05% w/w of one or more chelating agent.
  • edetate includes all compounds of Formula II wherein each R is independently selected from an H and a negative charge (e.g., as a salt or as a disassociated salt or acid).
  • edetate is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, disodium edetate, calcium edetate, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and the like.
  • sweeteners include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerin, acesulfame potassium (AceK), mono-ammonium glycyrrhizinate (e.g., Magnasweet®), sucrose, lactose, glucose, fructose, arabinose, xylose, ribose, mannose, galactose, dextrose, sorbose, sorbitol, mannitol, maltose, cellobiose, xylitol and the like.
  • flavoring agents include, by way of non-limiting example, peppermint, orange, bubble guru, wintergreen, grape and cherry.
  • Surfactants include, e.g., anionic, cationic, non-ionic, or zwitterionic surfactants, such as, by way of non-limiting example, polysorbate (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 81, polysorbate 85, polysorbate 120), bile acids or their salts (e.g., sodium taurocholates, sodium deoxytaurocholates, chenodeoxycholic acid, and ursodeoxycholic acid), nonoxynol or polyoxyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, pluronic or poloxamers such as Pluronic F68, Pluronic L44, Pluronic L101, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • polysorbate e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 81, polysorbate 85, polysorbate 120
  • bile acids or their salts e.g., sodium tauroch
  • compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.001% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.001% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.001% w/w to about 0.1% w/w of one or more surfactant.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • suitable coatings In some embodiments, concentrated sugar solutions are used for this purpose, which optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dye-stuffs or pigments are optionally added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active corticosteroid and/or additional active agent doses.
  • pharmaceutical preparations that are used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules contain the active ingredient or ingredients in admixture with a filler, binder, lubricant, stabilizer or a combination thereof.
  • Fillers include, by way of non-limiting example, lactose.
  • Binders include, by way of non-limiting example, starches.
  • Lubricants include, by way of non-limiting example, talc and magnesium stearate.
  • the corticosteroids may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs).
  • stabilizers are optionally added.
  • the present invention provides for a corticosteroid and/or additional active agent that has a low bioavailability. Due to the low bioavailability, the corticosteroid and/or additional active agent is used in certain embodiments of the invention, the corticosteroid and/or additional active agent remains in the gastrointestinal tract, for example, in the esophagus. In some embodiments, the low bioavailability results in decreased systemic side effects and complications, allowing patients with chronic conditions to receive treatment for longer periods of time.
  • the actives described herein are administered in a composition comprising a commercially available formulation of a corticosteroid and formulated as described herein.
  • the corticosteroid containing composition provided herein comprises a commercially available formulation and an excipient, such as a diluents, a flavoring agent, a mucoadhesive agent, a viscosity enhancing agent, a binder, a filler, a lubricant, a solvent, a suspension agent, a coloring agent, a sweetener, a preservative, an antioxidant, a buffering agent, a humectant, a chelating agent, a surfactant, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • an excipient such as a diluents, a flavoring agent, a mucoadhesive agent, a viscosity enhancing agent, a binder, a filler, a lubricant, a solvent, a suspension agent, a coloring
  • the commercially available formulation is Pulmicort Respules® (distributed by AstraZeneca, e.g., as set forth in NDA 20-929, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • the commercially available formulation is Rhinocort Aqua® (distributed by AstraZeneca LP, Wilmington, Del. 19850, e.g., as set forth in NDA 20-746, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the commercially available formulation is Symbicort® (manufactured by AstraZeneca Dunkerque Production, Dunkerque, France, e.g., as set forth in NDA 21-929, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the corticosteroid is fluticasone
  • the commercially available formulation is Flonase®.
  • the ratio of commercially available formulation to the optional diluent is between about 1:0.5 and about 1:100.
  • Diluents include any pharmaceutically acceptable oral diluent including, e.g., powder diluents (such as talc) and liquid diluents (such as water, ethanol and combinations thereof).
  • the commercially available formulation is Entocort® (manufactured by AstraZeneca AB, S-151 85 Sodertalje, Sweden, distributed by Prometheus Laboratories Inc, San Diego, Calif. 92121, as set forth in NDA 21-324, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • Entocort® formulations are dissolved and/or dispersed in an aqueous vehicle.
  • the Entocort® formulation is dispersed in a liquid vehicle that has a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles.
  • the Entocort® formulation is pre-treated with a solvent having a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles therein, and the particles are subsequently formulated into a composition described herein.
  • a composition described herein comprises a corticosteroid, an additional therapeutic agent a commercially available formulation, and, optionally, one or more additional excipient.
  • a corticosteroid composition described herein comprises actives formulated in a manner similar to a commercial formulation (e.g., lacking one or more of the active ingredients of the formulation), and, optionally, one or more additional excipient.
  • the one or more additional excipients can be utilized to achieve a formulation as described herein.
  • the commercially available formulation is Ultra XCID (manufactured by Matrixx Initiatives, Inc., Phoenix, Ariz.).
  • provided herein are methods of treating, preventing, or alleviating inflammation or symptoms associated with inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the esophagus.
  • the method provided herein is a method of reducing or alleviating symptoms of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract is eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE).
  • the method provided herein is a method of treating inflammation associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE).
  • the method provided herein is a method of treating dysphagia associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE).
  • the method provided herein is a method of treating inflammation and dysphagia associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE).
  • EoE eosinophilic esophagitis
  • provided herein are methods of treating diseases or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., a disease or condition of the upper gastrointestinal tract, including a disease or condition of the esophagus), by administering a composition described herein.
  • administration of the composition described herein treats, prevents, or alleviates inflammation or symptoms associated with the inflammatory disease or condition.
  • Diseases or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract include, by way of non-limiting example, any chronic inflammatory or malignant state that involves the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract) and responds to steroid and/or acid inhibitor therapy.
  • the methods of the present invention are useful, for example, for treating, preventing and alleviating the inflammation associated with or symptoms of eosinophilic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), cosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, cosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus , etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esoph
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Behçet's disease sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, acute esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures secondary to caustic/irritant, conditions due to ingestion, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, and gastro enteritis.
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa
  • the methods of the present invention are also useful, for example, for treating, preventing and alleviating inflammation associated with or symptoms of Barrett's Esophagus, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), nonerosive reflux disease (NERD) and/or erosive esophagitis.
  • GSD gastroesophageal reflux disease
  • NERD nonerosive reflux disease
  • erosive esophagitis Diseases or conditions for which the compositions may be used includes gastrointestinal reflux associated with any chronic inflammatory or malignant state that involves the esophagus and responds to the additional active agent (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist or blocker and/or PPI).
  • the individual may be, for example, diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or other related diseases or ailments, including but not limited to nonerosive reflux disease, Barrett's Esophagus, erosive esophagitis, respiratory ailments, cough, heartburn and other associated ailments and diseases.
  • GFD gastroesophageal reflux disease
  • the composition may also be used in other gastrointestinal disorders, including stomach and duodenal ulcers, hyperactive acidic discharge disorders, such as Zollinger-Ellison syndrome and laryngeal disorders.
  • the composition may additionally be used in patients with a combination of disorders, including by way of example only eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE) and GERD or GERD-like symptoms.
  • an individual treated according to a method described herein is diagnosed with displaying the symptoms of, or suspected of having GERD and eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In some embodiments, an individual treated according to a method described herein is diagnosed with, displaying the symptoms of, or suspected of having GERD has an eosinophil count of greater than 0, but less than 7 or less than 15 eosinophils/HPF.
  • provided herein is a method of treating gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) in an individual by administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a corticosteroid, wherein the GERD is refractory (e.g., non-responsive or substantially non-responsive) to at least one acid inhibitor (e.g., at least one PPI and/or H 2 RA).
  • GGI gastroesophageal reflux disease
  • provided herein is a method of treating, preventing or alleviating inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract including, by way of non-limiting example, the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract, in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual any of the compositions described herein.
  • gastrointestinal e.g., esophageal inflammation
  • methods of treating, preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid; (ii) at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract; and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients.
  • the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR 5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT 4 receptor agonist, 5HT 3 receptor antagonist, 5HT 1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • PPI proton pump inhibitor
  • H2 antagonist H2 antagonist
  • TLESR transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation
  • P-CAB potassium-competitive acid blocker
  • a mucosal protectant a his
  • One aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition.
  • the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent.
  • the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition.
  • the excipient may enhance adsorption of the active to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • Another aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a PPI and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition.
  • the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent.
  • the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition.
  • Yet another aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist, (iii) a PPI and (iv) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof.
  • the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition.
  • the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent.
  • the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition.
  • the viscosity of the composition may be from about 2 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius, more preferably at about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP.
  • the viscosity of the composition may range from about 400 cP to about 600 cP.
  • the viscosity of the formulation is from about 250 cP to about 600 cP, as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • a composition or formulation described herein comprises a viscosity enhancing agent that imparts on the composition (or on a mixture of the composition with saliva of an individual to whom the composition is administered) a viscosity sufficient to provide increased residence on the esophagus while also allowing migration of the active agent(s) (solute or particles) when the composition is orally administered to an individual.
  • the viscosity is high enough to increase residence time of the composition on a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), but not so high as to prevent migration of the active agent(s) within the composition, e.g., toward the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • a viscosity-enhancing excipient can be, for example acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g.
  • PEG 2004500 gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof.
  • a viscosity-increasing excipra
  • the excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition may include, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g.
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer
  • a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) e.g.
  • Carbopol 947P a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • the excipient that enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract may include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols,
  • a topical corticosteroid is included in the composition, and may be for example, budesonide. In another aspect, a topical corticosteroid is included in the composition, and may be for example, fluticasone propionate.
  • H2 antagonists to be administered as part of a composition include, but are not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine or famotidine.
  • the H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
  • PPIs to be administered as part of a composition include, but are not limited to, omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole, dontoprazole
  • the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABA B agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof.
  • the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT 4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT 4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof.
  • potassium competitive acid blocker is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, soraprazan (BY359), revaprazan (YH1885), AZD0865, CS-526 and combinations thereof.
  • mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate.
  • mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E 2 (PGE 2 ), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor- ⁇ (TGF- ⁇ ), or analogs thereof.
  • the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE 2 analog trimoprostil.
  • the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)- ⁇ -methyl-histamine.
  • the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360.
  • the oral dosage form comprises a liquid vehicle and is formulated as, e.g., a slurry, suspension, syrup, dispersion, solution, etc.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in liquid, semi-solid or solid form.
  • a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in semi-solid form, e.g., a gel, a gel matrix, a cream, a paste, and the like.
  • the inflammation treated by the methods and compositions described herein is associated with eosinophilic inflammation and/or neutrophilic inflammation.
  • individuals (e.g., patients) to be treated with compositions described herein include those that have been diagnosed eosinophilic esophagitis, an inflammatory bowel disease involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, his
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome
  • Behçet's disease sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis.
  • a skin disease with esophageal involvement e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epi
  • the patient has eosinophilic esophagitis.
  • individuals (e.g., patients) to be treated with the compositions described herein include those that have been diagnosed with Barrett's Esophagus, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), nonerosive reflux disease (NERD) and/or erosive esophagitis.
  • the patient is an adult.
  • the patient is a child or infant.
  • a patient is a child or infant.
  • a patient is a child less than 16 years old, less than 12 years old, less than 8 years old, less than 6 years old, less than 4 years old or less than 2 years old.
  • a patient is an infant less than one year old, less than 6 months old or less than 3 months old.
  • a composition is in a unit dose formulation for oral administration of a patient.
  • a unit dose of the corticosteroid and additional active agent is administered from a metered dose device.
  • the metered dose device delivers a metered unit dose of a composition described herein to the mouth or throat of an individual in need thereof.
  • the metered dose device is a metered inhaler, which is utilized to administer a metered unit dose to the mouth or throat of an individual (the individual swallows rather than inhales the metered unit dose).
  • a metered dose device dispenses a metered unit dose of a composition described herein into a receptacle (e.g., a cup), which is then utilized to orally administer the metered unit dose to the mouth or throat.
  • a receptacle e.g., a cup
  • about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 4 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 15 mg, or about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg (e.g., about 0.1-10 mg, about 0.25-5 mg, about 0.25-2.5 mg, about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg) corticosteroid per day or per dose is administered to an individual.
  • the corticosteroid is present in a composition or a unit dose of a composition described herein in an amount of from about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg (e.g., about 0.1-10 mg, about 0.25-5 mg, about 0.25-2.5 mg, about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg).
  • the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.1 mg and about 20 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.3 mg and about 4 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.5 mg and about 3 mg. In other embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid present in a unit dose or administered daily is between about 1 and about 3 mg, or between about 1 and about 2 mg, or between about 2 and about 3 mg.
  • the additional active agent is an acid inhibit (e.g., an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI).
  • a 12 antagonist is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 1 mg and about 500 mg, between about 2.5 mg and about 250 mg, or between about 5 mg and about 100 mg.
  • a PPI is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 1 mg and about 600 mg.
  • from about 1 to about 3 mg (e.g., about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg) corticosteroid per day or per dose is administered to said individual.
  • a corticosteroid is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 250 ⁇ g and about 5 mg, between about 500 ⁇ g and about 3 mg or between about 1 mg and about 3 mg.
  • the unit dose formulation includes a combination of a corticosteroid and an acid inhibitor, including but not limited to an H2 antagonist or blocker and/or a PPI.
  • a multiple unit container comprising about 2 to about 180, about 10 to about 60, about 14, or about 30 unit doses of any pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • each dose comprises about 1 mL to about 25 mL, about 1 mL to about 20 mL, about 7 mL to about 25 mL, about 10 to about 20 mL, about 15 mL, about 20 mL, about 3 to about 7 mL, about 5 mL, about 8 mL to about 12 mL, or about 10 mL.
  • each dose comprises about 0.1 to about 20 mg, about 0.1 to about 10 mg, about 0.1 to about 7.5 mg, about 0.1 to about 5 mg, about 0.3 to about 4 mg, about 0.25 to about 2.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 1 mg, about 0.7 mg to about 1.5 mg, about 0.375 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.5 mg or about 2 mg of corticosteroid.
  • a multiple unit container comprising about 10 mL to about 1500 mL, about 50 mL to about 600 mL, about 150 mL, about 300 mL, about 600 mL, or about 1,200 mL of any pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the multidose container comprises about 330 mL or about 55 mL of a composition described herein.
  • a kit provided herein comprises any multidose container as described herein, a pharmaceutical composition as described herein (e.g., in a volume described), and a delivery or metered device (e.g., a syringe, a cup, a spoon, or the like).
  • the delivery device is incorporated into the container (e.g., an nebulizer, a aerosolizer, a pump, or the like).
  • the pharmaceutical composition contained within any of the multiple unit containers described herein is physically and chemically stable.
  • the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.1 mg and about 20 mg.
  • the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.3 mg and about 4 mg. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.25 mg and about 5 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.5 mg and about 3 mg. In other embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid present in a unit dose or administered daily is between about 1 and about 3 mg, or between about 1 and about 2 mg, or between about 2 and about 3 mg.
  • any composition or formulation described herein is stable.
  • the composition is chemically and physically stable.
  • chemical stability is evidenced by a composition that comprises at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% of the initial amount or label amount of corticosteroid and/or optional additional active agent therein for, by way of non-limiting example, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, or for the duration of the shelf life.
  • physical stability is evidenced by a pharmaceutical composition that is able to substantially obtain uniformity, remain substantially uniform (e.g., for at least 1 day, 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, etc.), or substantially regain uniformity (e.g., via mild or moderate agitation after being undisturbed for 1 day, 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, etc.).
  • physical stability is evidenced by a composition that comprises at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% of the initial amount or label amount of corticosteroid and/or optional additional active agent therein for, by way of non-limiting example, 2 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, or for the duration of the shelf life.
  • uniformity as described herein is evidenced by the uniformity of the dispersion of the corticosteroid particles throughout the pharmaceutical composition, the uniformity of the dispersed mass of corticosteroid throughout the pharmaceutical composition, the uniformity of the concentration of one or more of the components in the composition throughout the pharmaceutical composition, and the like.
  • mild or moderate agitation includes, by way of non-limiting example, shaking, shaking well, swirling, gentle swirling, and the like. In some embodiments, mild or moderate agitation includes agitation without a special apparatus.
  • uniformity of the pharmaceutical composition refers to dose uniformity (e.g., each dose delivered or withdrawn from the composition comprises a substantially similar amount of corticosteroid), or the concentration of corticosteroid in at least some or all of the doses from the multiple dose formulations are substantially similar. In certain embodiments, substantially similar includes, e.g., within 20%, 15%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, 2%, or 1%.
  • the dose or volume of a composition administered herein is adjusted based on the efficacy of treatment.
  • a diagnosis of eosinophilic esophagitis is achieved by administering a composition described herein and determining the efficacy of the treatment.
  • a composition described herein and separately determined to be effective in treating cosinophilic esophagitis is utilized.
  • Efficacy of treatment can be determined in any suitable manner including, e.g., symptom score assessment, gastrointestinoscopy (e.g., esophagogastroduodenoscopy), gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) biopsy, histological evaluation, or a combination thereof.
  • Processes of diagnosing eosinophilic esophagitis and/or determining efficacy of treatment include any suitable process including, by way of non-limiting example, processes as set forth in Aceves et al., J Allergy Clin Immunol, February 2008; abstract 270, or Aceves et al, Am J. Gastroenterol., October 2007, 102(10):2271-9, both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.
  • a process for determining efficacy of a treatment (e.g., for eosinophilic esophagitis) described herein is a clinical symptom score assessment comprising (i) administering a composition described herein to an individual diagnosed with or suspected of having eosinophilic esophagitis; and (ii) evaluating one or more symptom of the individual.
  • the process prior to administering the composition, the process comprises evaluating the one or more symptom of the individual.
  • Symptoms that are optionally scored include, by way of non-limiting example, nausea, vomiting, pain, and heartburn. Total score or change in score is optionally utilized to diagnose a disorder and/or determine efficacy of treatment.
  • a process for determining efficacy of a treatment described herein comprises (i) administering a composition described herein to an individual diagnosed with or suspected of suffering from inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., eosinophilic esophagitis); (ii) endoscoping the gastrointestinal surface of the individual; (iii) biopsying the gastrointestinal surface tissue; and (iv) evaluating the biopsied tissue and optionally determining an endoscopy score of the tissues biopsied.
  • the process further comprises comparing the evaluated biopsied tissue and/or the endoscopy score obtained prior to administration of the composition to the biopsied tissue and/or endoscopy score subsequent to administration of the composition.
  • provided herein is a process of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation by (i) detecting and/or measuring symptoms of the individual prior to administering to the individual a composition described herein; (ii) administering to the individual any composition described herein; (iii) detecting and/or measuring symptoms of the individual following administration of the composition; and (iv) comparing the symptoms measured or detected prior to and following administration of a composition described herein. If the symptoms exhibited by the individual are reduced (e.g., by a statistically significant or clinically relevant amount), a positive diagnosis occurs.
  • the process of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation is diagnosing an individual with eosinophilic esophagitis.

Abstract

Provided herein are methods for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases and conditions of the gastrointestinal tract, for example, those involving the esophagus. Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions useful for the methods of the present invention.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/987,720, filed Nov. 13, 2007; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/012,012, filed Dec. 6, 2007; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/015,998, filed Dec. 21, 2007; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/019,818, filed Jan. 8, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/034,941, filed Mar. 7, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/035,348, filed Mar. 10, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/054,103, filed May 16, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/054,104, filed May 16, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/054,105, filed May 16, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/054,106, filed May 16, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/054,107, filed May 16, 2008; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/090,658, filed Aug. 20, 2008, which applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Esophageal inflammation disorders are gaining increased recognition in both adults and children. One example is eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE), which is an emerging, and fast-growing disorder characterized by high levels of eosinophils in the esophagus, as well as basal zone hyperplasia. EoE is thought to be provoked, in at least a subset of patients, by food allergies or airborne allergen exposure (1-5, 44). EoE diagnosis is often associated with other hypersensitivity disorders, including asthma, rhinitis, and other food and aeroallergen inhalant sensitivities (39-40). Diagnosis is often made, e.g., in young children and depends on the finding of 15 to 20 or more to 24 or more eosinophils per high power field (eos/hpf) within esophageal mucosal biopsies (6-12).
  • In parallel with other atopic disorders, the incidence of EoE appears to be increasing (15, 35). The disorder may present with reflux-like symptoms, pain and dysphagia, clinical symptoms similar to the presentation of gastroesophageal reflux disease (“GERD”) (42). Symptoms of EoE include, for example, abdominal pain, chest pain, choking, difficulty swallowing, failure to thrive, nausea, reflux not relieved by standard anti-flux therapy, skin rash or hives, vomiting, and weight loss. In one series, 15% of EoE patients had concurrent developmental delay (45).
  • Although EoE is becoming more frequently diagnosed throughout developing countries (7, 8, 13-16) many aspects of the disease remain unclear including its etiology, natural history and optimal therapy. Symptoms of EoE often mimic those of GERD and include vomiting, dysphagia, pain and food impaction (8, 14, 17-20). However, treatment of EoE and GERD differ and it is important to distinguish between them, particularly as untreated EoE may be associated with esophageal narrowing in 10-30% of cases (14, 18, 20, 21). The overlap of GERD and EoE symptoms is common; failure to respond to high PPI GERD treatment may be one diagnostic guideline for EoE (42). The common occurrence regarding misdiagnosis of EoE for GERD often results in delayed treatment for patients with EE or EoE. (42).
  • Long term systemic steroid therapy can result in significant secondary side effects on growth and bone development. Although treatment with anti-IL-5 monoclonal antibody has been reported to be successful in EE or EoE, this therapy is currently not approved for use in children (36).
  • Current treatments include elimination diets (22, 23), and elemental formulas (2, 24). Identifying true inciting food allergens can be difficult and elemental formulas are often unpalatable, thereby making dietary interventions complicated (1, 22). Improvised puff and swallow techniques may be difficult for patients, especially smaller children, and especially children with developmental delays, to perform efficiently. This may result in a less than effective dose of a topical steroid being delivered to the esophagus.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract. Provided herein are methods of treating, preventing or alleviating, for example, esophageal inflammation in an individual. In certain embodiments, these methods comprise orally administering to said individual a corticosteroid in association with at least one additional active agent. In some embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent. In specific embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments, inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract involve, by way of non-limiting example, the esophagus, the stomach and/or the small intestines. In more specific embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is not a second corticosteroid. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a liquid vehicle. In further or alternative embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is suitable for oral administration. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises an excipient or combination of excipients. In specific embodiments, the excipient or combination of excipients increases the interaction of the composition and/or the corticosteroid and/or the at least one additional active agent with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In certain embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is selected from by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT4 receptor agonist, 5HT3 receptor antagonist, 5HT1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a new method for reducing the risk of gastrointestinal reflux and esophageal inflammation in people taking corticosteroids for pain relief and for other conditions, particularly during treatment. In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating patients presenting with GERD or GERD-like symptoms, but may be afflicted also or instead with non-GERD disease, such as eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE), in a safe and efficient manner. In some embodiments, the method involves the administration of a composition that combines: a) a corticosteroid; b) an acid inhibitor (e.g., a H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) that minimizes the adverse effects of gastrointestinal reflux and c) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase interaction of the composition with the esophagus. Either short or long acting acid inhibitors can be used in the dosage forms. Preferably the excipient allows convenient and efficient administration of the composition while increasing and maintaining interaction of the composition with the affected esophageal area for effective therapeutic treatment.
  • In a first aspect, the invention is directed to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) suitable for oral administration to a patient. The composition can be in unit dosage form. The composition contains a) a corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide), b) an acid inhibitor present in an amount effective to raise the gastric pH of a patient to at least 3.5, preferably to at least 4, and more preferably to at least 5, when one or more unit dosage forms are administered and c) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. The excipient preferably increases interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). Further, the excipient may be a viscosity enhancing agent, a mucoadhesive agent, an absorption enhancer, any other agent that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), or a combination thereof of one or more of the preceding excipients. The excipient, or combination of excipients, preferably will increase the interaction (e.g., residence on) of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by at least 1.1 fold, at least 1.25 fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold, or by at least 5-fold as compared to a formulation containing no excipients.
  • The term “acid inhibitor” refers to agents that inhibit gastric acid secretion and increase gastric pH. However, in preferred embodiments, in treatment with the disclosed compositions, the gastric pH should not exceed 7.5 and preferably should not exceed 7.0.
  • Specific H2 antagonists or blockers that can be used include, but are not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine or famotidine. Other agents that may be used include proton pump inhibitors such as, for example, omeprazole, esomeprazole, pantoprazole, lansoprazole or rabeprazole. In some embodiments, the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABAB agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, potassium competitive acid blocker (P-CAB) is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, soraprazan (BY359), revaprazan (YH1185), AZD0865, CS-526 and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate. In some embodiments, mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor-α (TGF-α), or analogs thereof. In a specific embodiment, the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE2 analog trimoprostil. In some embodiments, the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)-α-methyl-histamine. In certain embodiments, the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360
  • Specific excipients that may effect viscosity and increase interaction with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), include but are not limited to, cellulose (including cellulose derivatives), acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 2004-500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, a viscosity-increasing excipient that may be used is Splenda®.
  • In addition, excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition, thereby increasing interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), are also included. Specific mucoadhesive agents that may be used as an excipient include, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g. Carbopol 947P), a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof. As used herein, a mucoadhesive agent is an agent that adheres to a gastrointestinal surface (e.g., either or both of a gastrointestinal epithelia or mucosa). In some embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent is a cellulose.
  • Agents that enhance absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), may also be used to increase the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). Such agents include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol, ergocalciferol, or combinations thereof, starch, dextran, cyclodextrin, or combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the excipient used is a mucoadhesive agent, in others a viscosity enhancing agent, and in yet other embodiments the excipient may be an absorption enhancer. It is also contemplated that the excipient used is a combination of one or more of these agents, or alternatively may not include a mucoadhesive agent, viscosity enhancing or an absorption enhancing agent as the excipient.
  • In one embodiment, the composition may be administered as a unit dosage form. The term “unit dosage form” as used herein refers to a single entity for drug administration. For example, a single liquid volume combining an acid inhibitor, a corticosteroid and at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), would be a unit dosage form. A unit dosage form of the present invention preferably provides for coordinated drug release, in a way that elevates gastric pH and reduces inflammation of the esophagus. In a preferred embodiment, the unit dosage form is a powder for reconstitution or a ready-made suspension for oral administration of the composition. A unit dosage form includes multiple unit dosage formulations, for example, separate vials or containers of powdered formulation ready for reconstitution, with each vial or container comprising one unit dosage form combining an acid inhibitor, a corticosteroid and at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In some embodiments, the acid inhibitor may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • In other embodiments, the composition may be administered in multiple dosage forms. Such dosage forms include the administration of an active agent of the composition separate from a second active agent of the composition. For example, a liquid formulation may comprise a corticosteroid and at least one excipient of the contemplated composition, with a separate liquid, capsule or tablet formulation comprising an acid inhibitor and at least one excipient of the disclosed composition herein.
  • The invention includes methods of treating a patient for esophageal inflammation and/or other symptoms such as gastrointestinal reflux or increases in gastric pH which cause esophageal inflammation by administering the compositions described above. Although the method may be used for any condition in which a corticosteroid is effective, it is expected that it will be particularly useful in patients with eosinophilic esophagitis, an inflammatory bowel disease involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus, etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esophagitis (e.g., tuberculosis, actinomycosis, syphilis), corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, graft vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement (e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis.
  • In a more general sense, the invention includes methods of treating esophageal inflammation, gastrointestinal reflux and/or other related conditions by orally administering a corticosteroid and one or more acid inhibitors at a dose or dose range effective to raise a patients gastric pH to at least 3.5, preferably to at least 4 or and more preferably to at least 5, and to decrease the physiological manifestations, symptoms or appearance of esophageal inflammation, gastrointestinal reflux and/or other related disease or ailment conditions. The patient is administered such compositions in one embodiment in a coordinated dosage form with an excipient that increases interaction of the composition with the esophagus, including but not limited to viscosity enhancing agents, mucoadhesive agents or absorption enhancers, or a combination thereof. In some aspects of the invention, a patient is administered with a single dosage unit form to achieve a therapeutic effect. In other aspects, the patient may be administered the compositions disclosed herein for a single dose, or over a period of time, for example, at least two days, at least a week, at least a month or at least six months in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect. One of ordinary skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the dosing amounts and regimen of a patient to achieve a therapeutic effect when treating with the compositions disclosed herein. For example, one of ordinary skill in the medical or pharmaceutical arts may monitor a patient's progress over time using physiological or biochemical markers of esophageal inflammation and GERD further disclosed herein, and adjust or amend a dosing amount and/or dosing regimen depending upon changes in the physiological or physical parameters of the patient to the compositions disclosed herein.
  • In one aspect, the corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is present in a composition or administered at a dosage of at least 100 μg per day or per dose, about 100 μg per day or per dose to about 20 mg per day or per dose, or between about 250 μg to about 3 mg per day or per dose. In one embodiment, the corticosteroid is administered at a dosage of between about 500 μg to 2 mg or about 1-3 mg per day. In one non-limiting embodiment, the acid inhibitor is an H2 antagonist or blocker (e.g., ranitidine) at a dosage of between about 500 μg and about 500 mg. In another non-limiting embodiment, the acid inhibitor is a PPI (e.g., omeprazole) at a dosage of between about 500 μg and about 600 mg. It is contemplated that the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor will be typically delivered as part of a single unit dosage form which provides for the coordinated release of therapeutic agents, although as discussed multiple unit dosage forms may also be administered that may or may not provide for the coordinated release of therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the acid inhibitor may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • In some embodiments, the composition combines the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor at the dose ranges disclosed above. In other embodiments, the corticosteroid and/or acid inhibitor may be administered at lower dosages, i.e. corticosteroid may be administered between about 100 μg to about 2 mg per day, H2 antagonist or blocker at a dosage of between about 250 μg to about 400 mg per day, and the acid inhibitor at about 250 μg to about 500 mg per day.
  • Patients (individuals) to be treated with such methods include adults, children and infants. In one aspect, the individual is a child less than 16 years old, less than 12 years old, less than 8 years old, less than 6 years old, less than 4 years old or less than 2 years old. In other aspects, the individual is an infant less than one year old, less than 6 months old or less than 3 months old.
  • In certain embodiments, at least 10% of any composition described herein adheres to the esophagus of an individual at least 1 minute after administration of the oral pharmaceutical composition to the esophagus of the individual.
  • INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
  • All publications and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the upper gastrointestinal tract (e.g., pre-colonic), lower gastrointestinal tract, esophagus, stomach, small intestines and digestive tract. Provided herein are methods of preventing or alleviating, for example, esophageal inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a corticosteroid in association with at least one additional active agent. In specific embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophagus). In more specific embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is not a second corticosteroid. In certain embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is an acid inhibitor (e.g., an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI). In certain embodiments, the corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent are administered in association with at least one excipient. In specific embodiments, one or more of the excipients extends the time the composition is in contact with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) following administration. Excipients that extend the time of contact between the composition and a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) include, by way of non-limiting example, an excipient that increases the viscosity of the composition, imparts a mucoadhesive character upon the composition and/or enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In some embodiments, an additional active agent in additional to treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophagus), also serves to extend the time of contact between the composition and a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). For example, in certain embodiments, the additional active agent also increases the viscosity of the composition, imparts a mucoadhesive character upon the composition and/or enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In certain embodiments, the excipient or excipients chosen increase the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., residence time on the surface) by at least 1.02 fold, by at least 1.05-fold, by at least 1.1 fold, by at least 1.2 fold, by at least 1.25-fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold or by at least 5-fold. In certain embodiments, the increased interaction of the composition is an at least 1.02 fold, by at least 1.05-fold, by at least 1.1 fold, by at least 1.2 fold, by at least 1.25-fold, by at least 1.5-fold, by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold or by at least 5-fold of interaction of the composition with the esophagus that occurs following passing of the bolus of the composition being swallowed (e.g., 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 seconds following initial swallowing of the composition). In certain embodiments, these increases are measured and compared to the measure of an otherwise similar composition lacking the excipient or excipients that increase the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract. In certain instances, increased interaction of the composition is measured as a function of the amount of composition present in a select portion of the gastrointestinal tract, such as the esophagus (e.g., as measured after the bolus has passed through the esophagus). In specific instances, the amount of composition present in the esophagus is measured in any suitable manner, e.g., by radiolabeling the composition and measuring the amount of the composition in the esophagus utilizing gamma scintigraphy. An increase in the interaction of the composition with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may be measured by measuring the retention time of the material along a length of a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), wherein the retention time is increased in the presence of the excipients as compared to its absence. In another embodiment, an increased interaction may be measured by the decrease in physiological manifestations or symptoms of the disease or ailment to be treated, including a decrease in total eosinophil counts in a sample of the surface tissue of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophageal surface tissue). In other embodiments, changes in permeability or other cellular characteristics of a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may also be quantified, wherein a change in permeability may indicate an increase in the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In one aspect of the invention, the use of the excipients may act to decrease the quantity of active agents needed to elicit a response in the absence of the excipients. In some embodiments, the excipients may decrease the amount of corticosteroid used. Similarly, the excipients may decrease the amount of acid inhibitor needed, for example, from about 1 mg to about 750 mg omeprazole in the absence of excipient, to about 500 ug to about 600 mg omeprazole in the presence of excipient. Accordingly, the compositions provided herein may provide an additional advantage of decreasing the amount of active agent needed to treat subjects afflicted with esophageal inflammation and/or GERD and GERD-related disorders.
  • An individual suitable for treatment with the compositions disclosed herein may, for example, have been diagnosed with a disease or condition including, but not limited to, eosinophilic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus, etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esophagitis (e.g., tuberculosis, actinomycosis, syphlis), corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, grab vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement (e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis. The individual may also be, for example, diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or other related diseases or ailments, including but not limited to Barrett's Esophagus, nonerosive reflux disease (NERD), Barrett's Esophagus or erosive esophagitis, respiratory ailments, cough, heartburn and other associated ailments and diseases. The composition may also be used in other gastrointestinal disorders, including stomach and duodenal ulcers, hyperactive acidic discharge disorders, such as Zollinger-Ellison syndrome and laryngeal disorders.
  • Provided herein are methods for preventing and alleviating any chronic inflammatory or malignant state that involves the gastrointestinal tract, such as the esophagus, and responds to therapy with a steroid and an additional active agent (e.g., an acid inhibitor). The methods of the present invention are useful, for example, for preventing and alleviating the symptoms and inflammation of eosinophilic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus, etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esophagitis (e.g., tuberculosis, actinomycosis, syphilis), corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, eosinophilic gastric outlet obstruction and related inflammation, graft vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement (e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, Epidermolysis bullosa, post-surgery inflammation, and gastro enteritis. The present methods are also useful for preventing or alleviating symptoms and inflammation associated with other diseases and/or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract, for example, the upper gastrointestinal tract, where it is beneficial to target a particular target site, rather than provide systemic therapy. Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions useful in the methods of the present application. As used herein, inflammation and/or symptoms associated with a disorder or disease disclosed herein includes inflammation and/or symptoms associated with, caused by and/or resulting from the disorder or disease.
  • As used herein, unless otherwise stated, the use of the terms “a” and “the” include both singular and multiple embodiments.
  • As used herein, the term “individual” includes any animal. In some embodiments, the animal is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a human. In specific embodiments, the human is an adult. In other embodiments, the human is a child. In yet other embodiments, the human is an infant.
  • As used herein, the phrase “method of treating” or “method for treating” encompasses methods of preventing, reducing the incidences of, providing prophylactic treatment, treating and alleviating.
  • As used herein, the phrase “a therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to elicit a change in the symptoms of or inflammation associated with gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation, when administered alone or in combination with an additional active agent. In certain instances, the therapeutically effective amount of an active when administered in combination with an additional active agent is less than when administered alone.
  • Compounds
  • Compounds useful in the present invention include topical steroids that may be used to treat inflammatory gastrointestinal conditions, including, for example, budesonide.
  • Provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of, and inflammation associated with, inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, including but not limited to the upper gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus). Also provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of gastrointestinal reflux and an increase in gastric pH, which are associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including but not limited to the esophagus.
  • Administering corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) in oral form, in a formulation with an excipient that extends the time of contact between the composition and a gastrointestinal surface (e.g., an excipient that increases fluid viscosity), corticosteroid is delivered to the esophagus in an effective dose to reduce the inflammation of the esophagus. For example, in the treatment of more than 40 patients, this treatment was found to be effective in targeting inflammation within the esophagus. A viscous oral suspension of budesonide improved symptoms, resolved endoscopic abnormalities, and reduced or eliminated esophageal eosinophils in two patients unable to utilize a metered dose inhaler with puff and swallow technique (see, e.g., US 20070111978).
  • Various agents are useful for treating, preventing, or alleviating the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract. For example, administering an acid inhibitor (e.g., an H2 antagonist or a PPI) is effective to reduce gastrointestinal reflux and other associated gastrointestinal disorders, and thus may be useful in treating gastrointestinal reflux associated with esophageal inflammation and/or GERD, including erosive esophagatis and non erosive reflux disease. Accordingly, in some embodiments of the invention, the corticosteroid is administered together with an acid inhibitor, preferably an H2 antagonist or PPI to treat individuals with gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation. Furthermore, in other embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount of the corticosteroid in the corticosteroid-acid inhibitor combination may be less than if the corticosteroid were administered alone. Moreover, in yet other embodiments, the therapeutic effect of the combination of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor may be greater than the additive effect of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor administered separately.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In one aspect, provided herein is an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In some embodiments, the PPI may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a PPI, (iii) an H2 antagonist and (iv) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition, impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition, or enhance the absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In some embodiments, the PPI may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • In certain embodiments, the corticosteroids used in the present invention include topical steroids including, for example, budesonide or fluticasone propionate. In some embodiments, corticosteroids are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, aclometasone, amcinomnide, beclometasone, betamethasone, budesonide, ciclesonide, clobetasol, clobetasone, clocortolone, cloprednol, cortivazol, deflazacort, deoxycorticosterone, desonide desoximetasone, dexamethasone, diflorasone, diflucortolone, difluprednate, fluclorolone, fludrocortisone, fludroxycortide, flumetasone, flunisolide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, fluocortin, fluocortolone, fluorometholone, fluperolone, fluticasone, fuprednidene, formocortal, halcinonide, halometasone, hydrocortisone aceponate, hydrocortisone buteprate, hydrocortisone butyrate, loteprednol, medrysone, meprednisone, methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone aceponate, mometasone furoate, paramethasone, prednicarbate, prednisone, prednisolone, prednylidene, remexolone, tixocortol, triamcinolone and ulobetasol, and combinations, pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof. In a specific embodiment, the corticosteroid is budesonide. In another embodiment, the corticosteroid is an ester of fluticasone, e.g., fluticasone propionate.
  • Provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for treating, preventing or alleviating the symptoms of, and inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, including but not limited to the esophagus. Also provided herein are methods and pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or alleviating the symptoms of gastrointestinal reflux and an increase in gastric pH, which are associated with inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, including but not limited to the esophagus.
  • In certain embodiments, a corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) that is administered in oral form, in a formulation with increased mucoadhesive characteristic, is delivered to, e.g., the esophagus in an effective dose to reduce the inflammation of the esophagus.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is an oral pharmaceutical composition comprising a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent. In some aspects, provided herein are methods of treating gastrointestinal inflammation by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a corticosteroid and a therapeutically effective amount of an additional active agent to an individual. In certain embodiments, the corticosteroid and additional active agent are administered simultaneously, sequentially or at separate times. In specific embodiments, the corticosteroid and additional active agent are administered in the same composition or formulation.
  • In various aspects, an exemplary corticosteroid is budesonide, 16,17-(butylidenebis(oxy))-11,21-dihydroxy-, (11-β,16-α)-pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, or fluticasone propionate, S-(fluoromethyl)6α,9-difluoro-11β-17-dihydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxoandrosta-1,4-diene-17β-carbothioate, 17 propionate or (6α, 11β,16α,17β)-6,9-Difluoro-11-hydroxy-16-methyl-3-oxo-17-(1-oxopropoxy)androsta-1,4-diene-17-carbothioic acid S-(fluoromethyl) ester.
  • In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein and used herein comprise one or more excipients. Excipients useful herein include, by way of non-limiting example, mucoadhesive agents, viscosity enhancing agents, binders, fillers, lubricants, solvents, suspension agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, sweeteners, preservatives, antioxidants, buffering agents, humectants, chelating agents, surfactants, and the like.
  • In certain embodiments, the corticosteroid(s) utilized herein are utilized as particles (e.g., corticosteroid particles suspended or dispersed in an aqueous medium). In specific embodiments, the particles are microparticles. In some embodiments, the microparticles have a mean diameter of about 0.1 microns to about 50 microns. In specific embodiments, the microparticles have a mean diameter of about 1 micron to about 20 microns. In certain embodiments, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% of the microparticles have a diameter of less than 10 microns.
  • In some embodiments, a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than 50% w/w, less than 40% w/w, less than 30% w/w, less than 20% w/w, less than 10% W/W, less than 8% w/w, less than 6% w/w, less than 5% w/w, less than 4% w/w, less than 3% w/w, less than 2% w/w, or about 2% w/w, less than 1% w/w, less than 0.5% w/w, less than 0.3% w/w, less than 0.2% w/w, or about 0.2% w/w of undissolved particles. In certain embodiments, a composition or formulation described herein is substantially free of non-corticosteroid particles.
  • In certain embodiments, the acid inhibitor is an H2 antagonist including, but not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine and famotidine. In one non-limiting example, the H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
  • In certain embodiments, the acid inhibitor is a PPI including, but not limited to, omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, habeprazole, perprazole, ransoprazole, pariprazole and leminoprazole. In one non-limiting example, the PPI is omeprazole. In some embodiments, the PPI may be coated with a protective layer, for example, an enteric coating, to protect against an acidic environment, such as the stomach, for later delivery at a target area, such as the lower gastrointestinal tract, including the duodenum.
  • In certain embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT4 receptor agonist, 5HT3 receptor antagonist, 5HT1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABAB agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, potassium competitive acid blocker (P-CAB) is selected fror by way of non-limiting example, soraprazan (BY359), revaprazan (YH1885), AZD0865, CS-526 and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate. In some embodiments, mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor-α (TGF-α), or analogs thereof. In a specific embodiment, the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE2 analog trimoprostil. In some embodiments, the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)-α-methyl-histamine. In certain embodiments, the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360.
  • Excipients, such as, for example, those listed herein, may be included in the composition to increase the viscosity of the delivered composition. The liquid viscosity may be increased in the oral form or the excipient may increase the viscosity of the dissolved form of a tablet. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the viscosity should be at a level that is sufficient to deliver an effective amount of the composition to the esophagus, for example, in an amount that may at least partially coat the esophagus, and thereafter deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. Also, in some embodiments, the viscosity is at a level that may be given orally, thus not so thick that it is either too difficult to swallow, causes gagging, or is unpalatable. One method for determining sufficient viscosity may include monitoring changes in the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including but not limited to measuring changes in residence or retention time of the composition in the absence and presence of the excipient. Another method for determining whether the composition is sufficiently viscous is by determining whether the inflammation, or eosinophilic infiltration, of the esophagus is reduced after treatment with the composition.
  • Viscosity can also be determined by any method that will measure the resistance to shear offered by the substance or preparation. Many viscometers are available to those in the pharmaceutical field, and as discussed include those built by, for example, Brookfield.
  • Viscosity-enhancing excipients that may be used in pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, one or more maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 2004500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC) (e.g., sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (NaCMC)), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof. In one non-limiting example, the viscosity-enhancing excipient is Splenda®. In certain embodiments, the viscosity enhancing agent also imparts a mucoadhesive character on the composition (as compared to a composition lacking the viscosity enhancing agent). In other embodiments, the viscosity enhancing agent does not substantially affect the mucoadhesive character of the composition.
  • Viscosity may be, for example, measured at room temperature, at about 20-25 degrees Celsius, or at about 37 degrees Celsius to mimic body temperature. In various embodiments of the present invention, the viscosity of the composition described herein is any viscosity suitable for delivery of the corticosteroid to the inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is at least about 1 or at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 100 cP. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is at least about 100 cP. In certain embodiments, the viscosity of the composition, measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP. In one aspect, the viscosity of the composition, as measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer). In another aspect, the viscosity of the composition may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP. In specific embodiments, the viscosity of the formulation is about 30 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP (e.g., as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius equipped with an ultra low adapter). As an example, in some embodiments of the invention, the viscosity is about the viscosity of about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®V, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml water, at 25 degrees Celsius. In an illustrative embodiment a preferred embodiment is equivalent to the viscosity of 10 grams of Splenda® added to 4 ml of water, at 25 degrees Celsius. In other embodiments, the viscosity is about the viscosity of 5 to 20 grams of Splenda® in 8 ml total liquid volume, at 25 degrees Celsius. In other embodiments, the viscosity is about the viscosity of 5 to 15 grams of Splenda® in an 8 ml total liquid volume, at room temperature. In other embodiments, the viscosity is about the viscosity of 8 to 12 grams of Splenda® in an 8 ml total liquid volume at 25 degrees Celsius. In some embodiments, the viscosity is between that of about a fruit nectar and commercial honey, where the viscosity is measured at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • Viscosity can also be determined by any method that will measure the resistance to shear offered by the substance or preparation. Many viscometers are available to those in the pharmaceutical field, and include those built by, for example, Brookfield.
  • Viscosity may be, for example, measured at room temperature, at about 20-25 degrees Celsius, or at about 37 degrees Celsius to mimic body temperature. In various embodiments of the present invention, the viscosity of the composition described herein is any viscosity suitable for delivery of the corticosteroid to the targeted and/or inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 35 cP, at least about 40 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 200 cP, or at least about 225 cP. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is at least about 100 cP. In certain embodiments, the viscosity of the composition, measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP. In one aspect, the viscosity of the composition, as measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer). In another aspect, the viscosity of the composition may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP. In specific embodiments, the viscosity of the formulation is about 30 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP (e.g., as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius equipped with an ultra low adapter).
  • In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is measured at room temperature (about 25 degrees C.) with a shear rate of about 13.2 sec−1. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition having a viscosity under such conditions that is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 35 cP, at least about 40 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 200 cP, at least about 225 cP, at least about 250 cP, at least about 300 cP, or at least about 400 cP. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition under such conditions is about 50 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 3,000 cP, about 50 cP to about 2,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 250,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 70,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 25,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 10,000 cP, about 250 cP to about 3,000 cP, or about 250 cP to about 2,000 cP. In one aspect, the viscosity of the composition, as measured at 25 degrees Celsius, is from about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, about 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP (e.g., measured by a Brookfield viscometer). In another aspect, the viscosity of the composition under such conditions may range from about 100 cP to about 200 cP, about 200 cP to about 300 cP, about 250 cP to about 600 cP or about 400 cP to about 600 cP. In specific embodiments, the viscosity of the formulation measured under such conditions is about 30 cP, about 40 cP, about 100 cP, about 200 cP, about 300 cP, about 400 cP, about 500 cP, or about 250,000 cP.
  • In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition is measured at room temperature (about 25 degrees C.) with a shear rate of about 15 sec−1 (e.g., with a gap between the spindle and the sample chamber wall of about 6 mm or greater). In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition having a viscosity under such conditions that is at least about 2 centipoise (cP), at least about 3 cP, at least about 5 cP, at least about 10 cP, at least about 15 cP, at least about 20 cP, at least about 25 cP, at least about 30 cP, at least about 50 cP, at least about 100 cP, at least about 150 centipoise (cP), at least about 160 cP, at least about 170 cP, at least about 180 cP, at least about 190 cP, or at least about 200 cP. In some embodiments, the viscosity of the composition under such conditions is about 150 cP to about 250,000 cP, 160 cP to about 250,000 cP, 170 cP to about 250,000 cP, 180 cP to about 250,000 cP, or 190 cP to about 250,000 cP.
  • In certain embodiments, at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 5%, at least 6%, at least 7%, at least 8%, at least 9%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95% by weight of any composition provided herein resides on a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after 5 seconds, 10 seconds, or 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes following application to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), such as by oral administration (e.g., swallowing).
  • In specific embodiments, following oral administration of a composition described herein to the esophagus (e.g., following initial swallowing or drinking of the composition), at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% by weight of the corticosteroid or composition administered is present within the esophagus (e.g., as measured by gamma scintigraphy) after at least 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 15 seconds, 20 seconds, 25 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, 45 seconds, 50 seconds, or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes following application of the composition to the esophagus. In certain instances, even small differences (e.g., increases) in adherence times (e.g., residence times) between formulations can result in therapeutically significant or clinically significant results or improvements.
  • In some embodiments, the weight percent of corticosteroid containing composition that resides on or adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after 5, 10, 15, 30, 45 seconds or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is greater than (e.g., more than 1.1×, 1.2×, 1.3×, 1.4×, 1.5×, 2×, 3×, 4×, 5×) the weight percent of a control composition that resides on or adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), when similarly administered to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract, such as by oral administration (e.g., swallowing). In certain embodiments, the control composition contains the same amount of corticosteroid, 4 mL of aqueous formulation and 10 packs of Splenda® (distributed by McNeil Nutritionals, LLC Fort Washington, Pa. 19034-2299) for every 0.5 mg, 1 mg, or 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., 2 Respules of Pulmicort®, each a 2 mL suspension containing 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, or 1 mg of micronized budesonide). For example, in some embodiments for a budesonide containing pharmaceutical composition, the control composition contains 4 mL Pulmicort® and 10 packets of Splenda®. In some embodiments, the control composition contains the same amount of corticosteroid, 8 mL of aqueous formulation and 20 packs of Splenda® (packs of Splenda® comprise about 1 g and are distributed by McNeil Nutritionals, LLC Fort Washington, Pa. 19034-2299) for every 0.5 mg, 1 mg, or 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., 4 Respules of Pulmicort®, each a 2 mL suspension containing 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, or 1 mg of micronized budesonide). In certain embodiments, the control composition comprises the same volume and the same corticosteroid in the same amount as present in the stable oral pharmaceutical composition, and has a viscosity of about 1 cP at 25° C. and a shear rate of about 13.2 sect (e.g., Respules of Pulmicort®). Formulations described herein as control compositions are also contemplated herein. The weight percent of corticosteroid containing composition that adheres to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may be determined by dividing the amount of corticosteroid containing composition adhering to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by the total amount of corticosteroid containing composition that was administered to surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and multiplying the result by 100%. Likewise, the weight percent of control composition that adheres to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may be determined by dividing the amount of control composition adhering to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) by the total amount of control composition that was administered to surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and multiplying the result by 100%. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid that adheres to or is absorbed by surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after 5, 10, 15, 30, or 45 seconds or 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is greater than (e.g., more than 1.1×, 1.2×, 1.3×, 1.4×, 1.5×, 2×, 3×, 4×, 5×) a control composition containing the same amount of corticosteroid, e.g., 4 mL of aqueous formulation and 10 packs of Splenda® for every 0.5 mg or 1 mg of corticosteroid. One pack of Splenda® contains about one gram of a mixture comprising dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose.
  • In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is a non-Newtonian fluid or a Newtonian fluid. In some embodiments, a composition described herein is non-Newtonian. In specific embodiments, the non-Newtonian fluid is a plastic, pseudo-plastic or dilatant non-Newtonian fluid. In some specific embodiments, the non-Newtonian fluid is thixotropic. In certain embodiments, the non-Newtonian fluid composition thins with shear, and thickens upon the absence of shear. Thus, in some embodiments, provided herein is a fluid pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for easy pouring following mild or moderate agitation. Furthermore, in some embodiments, provided herein is a fluid pharmaceutical composition that while being suitable for easy pouring following mild or moderate agitation becomes viscous enough upon oral administration to allow the pharmaceutical composition to at least partially coat the esophagus and topically deliver a therapeutically effective amount of corticosteroid to the esophagus. In some embodiments, the at least one additional excipient is selected from a non-Newtonian viscosity enhancing agent (i.e., an agent that provides a composition herein with a non-Newtonian character). Non-Newtonian viscosity enhancing agents include, by way of non-limiting example, acacia (e.g., used in about 5-10% w/w of a pharmaceutical composition described herein), alginic acid (e.g., about 0.5-20% w/w), carbomer, CaCMC, NaCMC, carrageenan (e.g., about 0.3-12% w/w), ceratonia (e.g., about 0.1-1% w/w), chitosin (e.g., about 0.5-2% w/w), colloidal silicon dioxide (e.g., about 2-10% w/w), ethylcellulose (e.g., about 5-25% w/w), gelatin, guar gum (e.g., about 1-2.5% w/w), HEC, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose (e.g., about 1-5% w/w), hydroxypropyl cellulose (e.g., about 1-10% w/w), HPMC, magnesium aluminum silicate (e.g., about 2-10% w/w), one or more maltodextrin, methylcellulose (e.g., about 1-2% w/w), polyethylene glycol (e.g., about 45-60% w/w), povidone (e.g., about 10-15% w/w), saponite, sodium alginate (e.g., about 1-5% w/w), sucrose (e.g., about 50-70% w/w), tragacanth (e.g., about 0.1-2% w/w), xanthan gum (e.g., about 0.1-1% w/w), an combinations thereof.
  • A Newtonian fluid can be described as a fluid whose viscosity is equal to the shear stress exerted by the fluid divided by the velocity gradient perpendicular to the direction of the shear. In certain embodiments, the at least one additional excipient is selected from a Newtonian viscosity enhancing agent (i.e., an agent that provides a composition herein with a Newtonian character). Newtonian viscosity enhancing agents include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerin (e.g., about 50-80% w/w), polydextrose (e.g., about 50-70% w/w), and combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is sufficiently spreadable and/or has an appropriate flow characteristic on a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In certain embodiments, the spreadability and/or flow characteristic of the composition is suitable so as to allow a pharmaceutical composition or a unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein to spread across and/or flow upon the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and at least partially coat the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In some embodiments, by at least partially coating the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), topical delivery of the corticosteroid to the gastrointestinal site is achieved.
  • Excipients, such as, for example, those listed herein, may be included in the composition are mucoadhesive agents including, but not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a carbopol; a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer; a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g. Carbopol 947P); a carbomer homopolymer; a carbomer copolymer; a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, one or more maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof. The mucoadhesive agent may be used in combination with a viscosity increasing excipient, or may be used alone to increase the interaction of the composition with the esophagus. In certain embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent also imparts an increased viscosity character on the composition (as compared to a composition lacking the mucoadhesive agent). In other embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent does not substantially affect the viscosity of the composition.
  • In certain embodiments, the mucoadhesive agent and/or viscosity enhancing agent comprises one or more maltodextrin. In various aspects, the physical characteristics of maltodextrins vary depending, e.g., on the dextrose equivalent of the specific maltodextrin. In certain aspects, the dextrose equivalent of a specific maltodextrin may affect the viscosity, hygroscopicity, sweetness, humectancy, plasticity, solubility and or mucoadhesiveness of the maltodextrin. Thus, in various embodiments, a maltodextrin is selected based on the specific character that is desired to be imparted upon the pharmaceutical composition described herein. In certain embodiments, a maltodextrin is selected that increases the mucoadhesive character of a composition described herein without substantially increasing the viscosity of the composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the maltodextrin). In other embodiments, a maltodextrin is selected that increases the viscosity of a composition described herein without substantially increasing the mucoadhesiveness of the composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the maltodextrin). In some embodiments, the oral pharmaceutical composition comprises a first maltodextrin that increases the viscosity of the oral pharmaceutical composition and a second maltodextrin that increases the mucoadhesive character of the oral pharmaceutical composition (e.g., compared to an otherwise identical composition lacking the second maltodextrin).
  • In some embodiments, a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than about 0.1 g or less than about 1 g of maltodextrin for every mL of liquid vehicle in the oral pharmaceutical composition. In certain instances, a composition or formulation described herein comprises less than 2 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 1.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 1 g of maltodextrin/ml of composition, less than 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, less than 0.25 g/mL of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.4 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.05 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.3 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.1 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.1 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.4 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.1 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.3 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.2 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.5 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, about 0.2 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.4 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition, or about 0.2 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition to about 0.3 g of maltodextrin/mL of composition. In some embodiments, the maltodextrin is substantially dissolved in the liquid vehicle. In certain embodiments, the maltodextrin has a dextrose equivalents (DE) of greater than 4, greater than 5, greater than 10, greater than 11, greater than 12, greater than 13, greater than 14, greater than 15, about 15, about 4 to about 10, about 4 to about 9, about 4 to about 8, about 11 to about 20, about 12 to about 19, about 13 to about 18, or about 14 to about 16. In specific embodiments, the first maltodextrin has a DE of about 4 to about 10, about 4 to about 9, or about 4 to about 8 and the second maltodextrin has a DE of about 10 to about 20, about 12 to about 19, or about 13 to about 18. In some embodiments, at least one maltodextrin utilized in a composition described herein has a molecular weight high enough to increase the solubility of a corticosteroid, or to increase the suspendability of a corticosteroid particle.
  • In certain embodiments, a composition or formulation described herein comprises dextrose. In some embodiments, the composition or formulation comprises less than 50% w/w, 40% W/w, 30% w/w, 20% w/w, 15% w/w, 10% w/w, 5% w/w, or 3% w/w. In certain embodiments, the dextrose is substantially dissolved in a liquid vehicle of the composition or formulation.
  • In some embodiments, the mucoadhesiveness imparted to the composition is at a level that is sufficient to deliver an effective amount of the composition to, for example, a gastrointestinal site (e.g., the esophagus) in an amount that may at least partially coat a gastrointestinal site (e.g., the esophagus), and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. Also, the mucoadhesiveness should be at a level that may be given orally, i.e. allows a patient to swallow, limits a gagging reaction, and is palatable. One method for determining sufficient mucoadhesiveness may include monitoring changes in the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including but not limited to measuring changes in residence or retention time of the composition in the absence and presence of the excipient. Another method for determining whether the composition is sufficiently mucoadhesive is by determining whether the inflammation, or eosinophilic infiltration, of the esophagus is reduced after treatment with the corticosteroid.
  • In certain embodiments, following administration of a composition or formulation described herein to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% by weight of the corticosteroid administered adheres to and/or is absorbed at a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) after at least 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes following application of the composition to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In specific embodiments, the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) is the site of gastrointestinal inflammation. In some embodiments, one or more excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) is selected and selected in an amount sufficient to cause a composition or formulation described herein to cause at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90% or at least 95% by weight of the corticosteroid containing composition or formulation or the corticosteroid to adhere to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) for or 5 seconds, 10 seconds, or 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 minutes is after administration to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition or formulation comprising one or more excipient that increases interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including, by way of non-limiting example, one or more viscosity enhancing agent, one or more mucoadhesive agent, one or more absorption enhancer, or a combination thereof, is substantially or at least partially dissolved in a liquid vehicle.
  • In certain embodiments, adherence and/or absorption of a pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may be determined by scintigraphy or by an assay. In some embodiments, such determinations are performed in vivo or in vitro. In certain embodiments, in vivo scintigraphy may include combining a pharmaceutical composition described herein with a detectable radioisotope, administering the labeled composition to a subject and detecting and/or measuring the adherence of the pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) with a device (e.g., camera) that detects and/or measures radioactivity. In some embodiments, in vivo scintigraphy may include linking a corticosteroid described herein with a detectable radioisotope, formulating the labeled corticosteroid into a composition described herein, administering the composition to a subject and detecting and/or measuring the adherence of the pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) with a device (e.g., camera) that detects and/or measures radioactivity. In certain embodiments, an in vitro assay for detecting adherence of a pharmaceutical composition or corticosteroid described herein to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) may include applying a composition described herein to a distal portion of a strip of gastrointestinal tissue (e.g., porcine esophageal tissue) and subjecting the composition to a flow of artificial saliva in the direction of the opposite distal portion of the strip. Determination of adherence of the composition and/or corticosteroid may be determined at a given time by detecting either the amount of composition and/or corticosteroid eluted or the amount of composition and/or corticosteroid remaining on the gastrointestinal tissue.
  • Mucoadhesive agents have been described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,638,521, 6,562,363, 6,509,028, 6,348,502, 6,319,513, 6,306,789, 5,814,330, and 4,900,552, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In one non-limiting example, the mucoadhesive agent is maltodextrin. Maltodextrin is a carbohydrate produced by the hydrolysis of starch that may be derived from corn, potato, wheat or other plant products. Maltodextrin may be used either alone or in combination with other mucoadhesive agents to impart mucoadhesive characteristics on the compositions disclosed herein. In one embodiment, a combination of maltodextrin and a carbopol polymer are used to increase the mucoadhesive characteristics of the compositions disclosed herein.
  • In another non-limiting example, a mucoadhesive agent can be, for example, at least two particulate components selected from titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, wherein the composition is not further diluted with any liquid prior to administration and the level of silicon dioxide, if present, is from about 3% to about 15%, by weight of the composition. Silicon dioxide, if present, may be selected from the group consisting of fumed silicon dioxide, precipitated silicon dioxide, coacervated silicon dioxide, gel silicon dioxide, and mixtures thereof. Clay, if present, may be kaolin minerals, serpentine minerals, smectites, illite or a mixture thereof. For example, clay can be laponite, bentonite, hectorite, saponite, montmorillonites or a mixture thereof.
  • Excipients, such as, for example, those listed herein, that may be included in the composition are absorption enhancing agents. Examples of absorption enhancing include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol, ergocalciferol, or combinations thereof, starch, dextran, cyclodextrin, or combinations thereof. Absorption enhancing agents may act by increasing absorption of the active agent, including corticosteroids and acid inhibitors, through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). Examples of absorption enhancing agents are disclosed in WO 2005/113008, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The compositions contemplated herein may also include a combination of excipients that are viscosity enhancing agents, mucoadhesive agents and/or absorption enhancing agents. Moreover, an excipient may exhibit multiple characteristics, i.e. may be both a viscosity enhancing agent and a mucoadhesive agent. The composition may also include excipients that do not impart characteristics of viscosity enhancing, mucoadhesive agents or absorption enhancing activity.
  • Compositions provided herein can prevent or alleviate gastrointestinal disorders, including but not limited to esophageal inflammation. Further, in one aspect, the additional active agent (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as a therapeutically effective amount of an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) in such compositions prevents or alleviates gastrointestinal reflux associated with esophageal inflammation, or with GERD-associated ailments or disorders.
  • Also provided in the present invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a corticosteroid (e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide or fluticasone propionate), at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) and an excipient, or combination of excipients thereof, that increases the interaction of the composition with the esophagus or target area. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are used to treat, prevent or alleviate inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus, stomach an/or digestive tract. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can be, for example, in liquid form, or can be a powder that is ready for suspension or dispersion. Liquid forms include, by way of non-limiting example, emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, slurries, dispersions, colloids and the like. In certain embodiments, compositions provided in a liquid form further comprise a liquid vehicle. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in liquid, semi-solid or solid form. In specific embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in semi-solid form, e.g., a gel, a gel matrix, a cream, a paste, or the like. In some embodiments, semi-solid forms comprise a liquid vehicle. Liquid vehicles are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, water, ethanol, and other non-toxic liquid vehicles suitable for oral administration.
  • Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a corticosteroid (e.g., a topical corticosteroid, such as, for example, budesonide), at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI) and an excipient, or combination of excipients thereof, that increases the interaction of the composition with the esophagus or target area, in the form of a dissolving tablet, a dissolving wafer, a capsule, a powder, or a gel capsule. In certain embodiments, the liquid, tablets, wafers, and capsules are formulated with at least one excipient to deliver a viscous form of the corticosteroid to the esophagus. In other embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein are formulated with at least one excipient that imparts a mucoadhesive character to the composition. In yet another embodiment, the compositions disclosed herein are formulated with at least one excipient that increases the viscosity and imparts a mucoadhesive character to the composition.
  • In certain embodiments, the compositions provided herein are prepared utilizing any suitable source of active agents. In some embodiments, corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) and/or other therapeutic agents used in the compositions described herein are formulated into compositions described herein as neat therapeutic agents. For example, in some embodiments, the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is neat, bulk corticosteroid. In certain embodiments, the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is powder corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide). In specific embodiments, the neat corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is micronized corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide).
  • In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is administered in a commercially available formulation. In other embodiments, the corticosteroid is administered in a composition comprising a commercially available formulation of a corticosteroid. For example, in some embodiments, the corticosteroid containing composition comprises a commercially available formulation and an excipient, such as an excipient that imparts a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition and/or a diluent. In some embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is budesonide, the commercially available formulation is Pulmicort Respules®. In other embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is budesonide, the commercially available formulation is Rhinocort Aqua®. In some embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is fluticasone, the commercially available formulation is Flonase®. In some embodiments, the ratio of commercially available formulation to the optional diluent is between about 1:0.5 and about 1:100. Diluents include any pharmaceutically acceptable oral diluent including, e.g., powder diluents (such as talc) and liquid diluents (such as water, ethanol and combinations thereof). In certain embodiments, the commercially available formulation is Entocort®. In certain embodiments, Entocort® formulations are dissolved and/or dispersed in an aqueous vehicle. In specific embodiments, the Entocort® formulation is dispersed in a liquid vehicle that has a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles. In other embodiments, the Entocort® formulation is pre-treated with a solvent having a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles therein, and the particles are subsequently formulated into a composition described herein.
  • Although these compositions are particularly beneficial to children in that they often have the most difficulty using the puff and swallow technique, the methods of the present invention may also be used for individuals of any age. By “individual” is meant any animal, for example, a mammal, or, for example, a human, including, for example, patients in need of treatment.
  • Formulations
  • While the compositions of the present invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases. The compositions may, for example, be used to treat mammals, including, but not limited to, primates and domesticated mammals. The compositions may, for example be used to treat herbivores. The compositions of the present invention include geometric and optical isomers.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve its intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein. It is expected that a skilled pharmacologist may adjust the amount of drug in a pharmaceutical composition or administered to a patient based upon standard techniques well known in the art.
  • In one embodiment of the instant invention, specific excipients that may effect viscosity and increase interaction with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), may be included in the composition. Such viscosity enhancing agents include but are not limited to, acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 200-4500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (about 90% dextrose, about 10% maltodextrin (DE is about 10) and about 0.1% sucralose) or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, a viscosity-increasing excipient that may be used is Splenda®.
  • In another aspect, excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition, thereby increasing interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), are also included. Specific mucoadhesive agents may be used as an excipient, including, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g. Carbopol 947P), a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • In yet another aspect, agents that enhance absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), may be used to increase the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). Such agents include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol, ergocalciferol, or combinations thereof, starch, dextran, cyclodextrin, or combinations thereof.
  • In other embodiments, the excipient used is a mucoadhesive agent, in others a viscosity enhancing agent, and in yet other embodiments the excipient used as an absorption enhancer. It is also contemplated that the excipient used is a combination of one or more of these agents, or alternatively may not include a mucoadhesive agent, viscosity enhancing or an absorption enhancing agent as the excipient.
  • One embodiment of the invention includes the use of liquid suspensions of the compositions disclosed herein. Liquid suspensions may include a unit dosage form of a combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor), and an excipient that increases the interaction of the compositions disclosed herein with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In certain embodiments, one or more of the corticosteroid, the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract and excipient is suspended. In specific embodiments, the corticosteroid is suspended and the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract and the excipient(s) are dissolved. Unit dosage forms include the bulk preparation of a composition disclosed herein, such as multiple doses of a liquid suspension contained in a single container or vial. Unit dosage forms may also include doses of the combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor) and an excipient disclosed herein in individual vials or containers. Alternatively, liquid suspensions may include multiple unit dosage forms of a combination of a corticosteroid, at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor) and an excipient disclosed herein. Multiple unit dosage forms may include the liquid formulations of the individual active agents, e.g. a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor). For example, liquid suspensions of the present invention may include those prepared by adding about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml of budesonide, such as that obtained from a Budesonide respule, or larger volumes having the same ratios of Splenda® to budesonide. Alternatively the liquid suspension may include the formulation above and an acid inhibitor, such as omeprazole.
  • In other embodiments of the inventions, the formulation may include tablets or capsules for administration to a patient. A tablet or capsule may contain anywhere from 1 mg to as much as 1 g of the active agents, including a corticosteroid and at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., an acid inhibitor). Compositions can be provided in a unit dose formulation for oral administration of a patient. In other embodiments, the tablet or capsule may be in the form of multiple unit form dosages.
  • In one aspect, an H2 antagonist is present in the unit dose in an amount of between 1 mg and 500 mg in combination with a corticosteroid at about 500 ug to 3 mg. In another aspect, a PPI is present in the unit dose with a corticosteroid in an amount of between 1 mg and 600 mg. In yet another aspect, a H2 antagonist or PPI is present in an amount effective to alleviate gastrointestinal reflux by about 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 31-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more (or any fold therebetween).
  • Typical amounts for H2 antagonists or blockers are, by way of non-limiting example, cimetidine, 100 to 800 mg/unit dose; ranitidine, 50-300 mg/unit dose; famotidine, 5-100 mg/unit dose; ebrotidine 400-800 mg/unit dose; pabutidine 40 mg/unit dose; lafutidine 5-20 mg/unit dose; and nizatidine, 50-600 mg/unit dose.
  • Proton pump inhibitors (“PPI”) may typically be present, by way of non-limiting example, at about 5 mg to 600 mg per unit dose. For example, the proton pump inhibitor omeprazole may be present in tablets, capsules or liquid form in an amount, by way of non-limiting example, from 5 to 50 mg, with about 20 mg per unit dosage form being preferred. Other typical amounts are, by way of non-limiting example: esomeprazole, 5-100 mg, with about 40 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; lansoprazole, 15-150 mg, with about 30 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; pantoprazole, 10-200 mg, with about 40 mg per unit dosage form being preferred; and rabeprazole, 5-100 mg, with about 20 mg per unit dosage form being preferred.
  • The formulation may also be coated with an enteric coating, which protects an active agent, for example a PPI, from degradation in an acidic environment, such as the stomach, and allows a delayed release into a target area, for example the duodenum, for uptake. The enteric coating may be, for example, methacrylate copolymer (for example, Eudragit L100 and Eudragit L100-55), hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate succinate, carboxymethylethyl cellulose, acetate phthalate (CAP), cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), copolymer of methacrylic acid and ethyl acrylate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), shellac, chitosan succinate, chitosan phthlate, cellulose acetate trimelliate and polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), or combinations thereof. A sustained-release substrate may also be used, such as methacrylic acid polymers [e.g., Eudragit NE30D (trade name), Eudragit RL30D (trade name), Eudragit RS30D (trade name), etc.]; water-soluble polymers; plasticizers such as triethyl citrate, polyethylene glycol, acetylated monoglycerides, triacetine alkyl celluloses, e.g. carboxymethylcellulose, other cellulosic materials or compounds (e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose or propyl cellulose, more preferably ethyl cellulose. polyvinyl acetate polymers (e.g., polyvinyl acetate phthalate), polymers or copolymers derived from acrylic and/or methacrylic acid esters, zein, waxes (alone or in admixture with fatty alcohols), shellac, hydrogenated vegetable oils, and mixtures thereof. In addition, an inactive intermediate film nay be provided between the active agent, for example, a PPI, and the enteric coating to prevent interaction of the active agent with the enteric coating.
  • Alternatively, an active agent may be protected from the stomach's acidic environment and later release in the duodenum or lower gastrointestinal tract through other means, including buffering the active agent, for example a PPI, with a buffering agent, including sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, or combinations thereof.
  • In preferred embodiments of the invention, the composition includes a combination of a corticosteroid and an acid inhibitor, together with an excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). The combination may include, for example, 250 ug to 3 mg, or 500 ug to 3 mg, or 500 ug to 2 mg, or 1 mg to 3 mg of a corticosteroid, such as budesonide, together with 50 to 300 mg, 100 to 300 mg, 200-300 mg ranitidine. Other embodiments of the invention may include more than one corticosteroid and/or acid inhibitor, for example, a combination of budesonide and fluticasone together with ranitidine, or a combination of budesonide together with ranitidine and omeprazole.
  • In certain embodiments, the exact dosage depends on the route of administration, the form in which the composition is administered, the subject to be treated, the age, body weight and/or height of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician. In some embodiments, the optimal concentration of the corticosteroid and acid inhibitor in the composition depends upon the specific active agent used, the characteristics of the patient and the nature of the inflammation and/or acid reduction for which the treatment is sought. These factors can be determined by those of skill in the medical and pharmaceutical arts in view of the present disclosure.
  • Generally, a therapeutically effective dose is desired. A therapeutically effective dose refers to the amount of the corticosteroid that results in a degree of amelioration of symptoms and inflammation relative to the status of such symptoms prior to treatment. The dosage forms containing effective amounts are within the scope of the instant invention. In various embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) used in a method or in a composition described herein is from about 2.5 to 400 μg/kg of body weight per day, or for example, in the range of 5 to 300 μg/kg per day, or for example in the range of 5 to 200 μg/kg per day, or for example in the range of 5 to 100 μg/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10 to 100 μg/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10-50 μg/kg per day, or for example in the range of 10-100 μg/kg/day, or for example in the range of 5-50 μg/kg/day, or in an illustrative embodiment in the range of 10-60 Mg/kg/day. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) used in a method, in a combination or a dose of a combination disclosed herein includes, by way of non-limiting example, about 100 μg to about 20 mg, 300 fig to about 4 mg, 250 μg to about 20 mg, about 250 μg to about 15 mg, about 250 μg to about 10 mg, about 250 μg to about 5 mg, about 250 μg to about 3 mg, or about 500 μg to about 3 mg, about 375 μg to about 1.5 mg, or about 500 μg to about 2 mg, or about 1 mg to about 3 mg. In an illustrative embodiment the dosage is provided in a sufficient volume to allow the composition to reach the esophagus in an effective amount. In some embodiments, a composition described herein comprises 1 or more doses. In certain embodiments, a composition described herein is contained in a multiple unit container. Thus, provided herein is a kit comprising a composition described herein and a container (e.g., a multiple unit or single unit container). In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition or a kit comprising a composition that comprises from about 2 and about 180, about 10 to about 60, about 14 or about 30 doses.
  • Similarly, a therapeutically effective dose of at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., acid inhibitor) refers to the amount of at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., acid inhibitor) that results in a degree of amelioration of symptoms and/or acid reduction relative to the status of such symptoms prior to treatments. The dosage forms containing effective amounts are within the bounds of routine experimentation, and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention. Doses of acid inhibitors may include, by way of non-limiting example, 1 μg to 10 mg/kg of body weight per day, or for example, in the range of 2.5 μg to 1 mg/kg of body weight per day. In one embodiment, 100 μg-1 mg/kg of body weight per day of an acid inhibitor is administered.
  • In an illustrative embodiment, a dosage or amount (including a divided dose) of corticosteroid is provided in a composition of sufficient volume to allow any of the compositions disclosed herein to reach the targeted and/or inflamed portion of the gastrointestinal tract, including, e.g., the esophagus, in an effective amount. In some embodiments, the effective amount of the composition delivered to the esophagus is an amount sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus, and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. In certain embodiments, a composition or dose of a composition described herein has a volume of, for example about 1-20 ml, about 1-50 mL, or for example about 140 mL, or for example about 1-30 mL, or for example about 1-25 mL, or for example about 5-25 mL, or for example about 10-20 mL, or for example about 10 mL, or for example, about 15 mL, or for example, about 20 mL, or for example about 1-15 mL, or for example about 1-10 mL, or for example about 2-8 mL, or for example about 3-7 mL, or for example, about 4-6 mL, or for example, about 5 mL, or for example about 6-14 mL, or for example about 8-12 mL, or for example, about 9-11 mL, or for example, about 10 mL. In more specific embodiments, about 0.375 mg, about 0.5 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.5 mg, or about 2 mg of corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide) is formulated into a single or unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein, the single or unit dose having a total volume of about 1-20 ml, about 10-20 mL, or for example about 10 mL, or for example, about 15 mL, or for example, about 20 mL, or for example about 1-15 mL, or for example about 1-10 mL, or for example about 2-8 mL, or for example about 3-7 mL, or for example, about 4-6 mL, or for example, about 5 mL, or for example about 6-14 mL, or for example about 8-12 mL, or for example, about 9-11 mL, or for example, about 10 mL. As discussed herein, “liquid” encompasses, e.g., slurries, solutions, suspensions, dispersions emulsions, or any combination thereof, depending on the solubilities and amounts of the individual components and the carriers, vehicles and/or solvents used. In some embodiments, an appropriate palatable dosage is in a volume sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus, and in an illustrative embodiment, the volume is sufficient to coat or at least partially coat the esophagus and deliver the corticosteroid to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. The composition may be delivered, for example, four times a day, three times a day, twice a day, once a day, every other day, three times a week, twice a week, or once a week. The dosage may, for example, be divided into multiple doses throughout the day, or be provided, for example, in four, three, two, or one dose a day. In one illustrative example, the dose is provided once a day. In certain instances, administration more frequent administration (e.g., b.i.d. versus once a day) provides for a shorter overall therapy or a quicker onset of symptom resolution.
  • In certain embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered with food. In some embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered without food. In certain embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered in a fed or fasted state. In some embodiments, a dose or composition described herein is administered in the morning, in the afternoon, in the evening, at night, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the dose is administered at night. In another aspect, the dose is administered about 30 minutes prior to bed, with no food or water given after administration of the compositions herein. In yet another embodiment of the instant invention, the dose is administered prior to bedtime, wherein after administration of the composition, the patient or individual is in a substantially supine position for at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 4 hours or at least 8 hours.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating, preventing, or alleviating inflammation or symptoms associated with inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the esophagus, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a single unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein from a multidose container. In specific embodiments, administering a single unit dose from a multi dose container comprises (1) shaking a multidose container, the multidose container comprising at least one unit dose of a pharmaceutical composition described herein; (2) pouring (or otherwise dispensing) a single unit dose from the multidose container into an administration device (e.g., a device suitable for administering to a human individual, such as a spoon, cup or syringe); and (3) administering the single unit dose to the individual in need thereof. In more specific embodiments, shaking of the multidose container occurs until the fluid therein has a viscosity suitable for pouring (e.g., easy pouring). In some specific embodiments, the process further comprises waiting after pouring the single unit dose and prior to administering the single unit dose to the individual in need thereof. In specific embodiments, the wait time is a time sufficient to allow the viscosity of composition to achieve a desired level, e.g., a viscosity to improve the coating capabilities of the composition. In some embodiments, the wait time is, e.g., about 3 seconds, or more; about 5 seconds, or more; about 10 seconds, or more; about 15 seconds, or more; about 20 seconds, or more; about 25 seconds, or more; about 30 seconds, or more; about 40 seconds, or more; about 45 seconds, or more; about 50 seconds, or more; or about 60 seconds, or more. In other specific embodiments, the composition is administered immediately following pouring the composition into the administration device. In some embodiments, the process comprises shaking the multidose container well.
  • In some embodiments, initial treatment continues, for example, for about 3 days to 2 weeks for an acute condition, or about 4 weeks to about 16 weeks for a chronic condition, or about 8 weeks to about 12 weeks for a chronic condition. In various embodiments, longer therapy is needed, such as, for example, therapy similar to chronic therapy for persistent asthma. In some aspects of the present invention, patients are, for example, be treated for up to 6 months, or up to one year. In certain aspects, maintenance treatments last up to or longer than one year. In some embodiments, patients are treated on a maintenance basis or on an as needed basis during a problematic episode, depending on the severity of the condition. In certain embodiments, patients are treated on a rotating treatment basis, where treatment is provided for a period of time and then the patient is taken off of the drug for a period before treatment resumes again. When off the drug, the patient may be given no treatment, treatment with another medication, dietary therapy, or treatment with a reduced dosage. In certain embodiments, patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition. In certain embodiments, a patient combines treatment with a composition described herein with a treatment with another medication, and/or dietary therapy. In certain embodiments, patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition.
  • In some embodiments, methods of treatment described herein include intermittent or continuous treatments. In certain embodiments, a method of treating gastrointestinal inflammation described herein includes prophylactic treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation (e.g., a treatment that prevents symptoms and/or inflammation from occurring). In some embodiments, a method of treating gastrointestinal inflammation described herein includes a method of prolonging and/or maintaining remission of gastrointestinal inflammation by administering or continuing to administer a pharmaceutical composition as described herein after inflammation and/or symptoms of inflammation are in remission. In specific embodiments, prophylactic and/or remissive therapies optionally comprise administration of a composition described herein comprising a reduced amount of corticosteroid compared to the amount of corticosteroid utilized when the inflammation and/or symptoms of inflammation are not in remission.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation (e.g., EoE) by administering a pharmaceutical composition described herein; and determining the efficacy of such a treatment. In certain instances, the individual is a patient who has gastrointestinal inflammation and/or symptoms thereof that are refractory to at least one acid inhibitor (e.g., PPI and/or 112A). In some embodiments, effective treatment of the gastrointestinal inflammation with a composition described herein is a positive indication of EoE. In certain embodiments, this method of diagnosis is used instead of an esophageal biopsy.
  • In some embodiments, the corticosteroid and additional active agent are present in a pharmaceutical composition described herein in any effective amount. In some embodiments, an effective amount is an amount sufficient to reduce inflammation or symptoms of inflammation associated with an inflammatory disease or condition of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus) as compared to the level of inflammation or symptoms of inflammation associated with an inflammatory disease prior to administration of the effective amount. In certain embodiments, effective amount is an amount sufficient to maintain a reduction in inflammation or symptoms of inflammation achieved in any manner including, but not limited to, by the administration of an effective amount sufficient to achieve such a reduction. In some embodiments, the effective amount of a corticosteroid (e.g., per dose, per composition, or per day) is about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 200 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 100 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 50 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 25 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, 0.05 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 7.5 mg, about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 3 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 2.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 4 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 3 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 0.1 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 4 mg, about 1 mg to about 4 mg, about 1 mg to about 3 mg, about 2 mg to about 3 mg, or about 2 mg to about 4 mg. In specific embodiments, the effective amount of corticosteroid is about 0.05 mg, about 0.1 mg., about 0.15 mg., about 0.25 mg., about 0.3 mg., about 0.35 mg, about 0.4 mg, about 0.37 mg, about 0.375 mg, about 0.7 mg, about 0.8 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.2 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.3 mg, about 1.5 mg, about 2 mg, about 2.5 mg, about 3 mg, about 3.5 mg, about 4 mg, about 4.5 mg, about 5 mg, about 5.5 mg, about 6 mg, about 6.5 mg, about 7 mg, or about 7.5 mg or more. In certain embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 2 mg/mL of composition. In specific embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.03 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL. In more specific embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • In specific embodiments, the composition described herein is a composition comprising a corticosteroid, an additional active agent, dextrose, maltodextrin, edetate, citrate, polysorbate 80, an optional preservative, an optional flavoring agent, an optional sweetener, at least one additional excipient, and a liquid vehicle. In specific embodiments, the composition comprises a preservative. In further or alternative embodiments, the composition comprises a flavoring agent. In further or alternative embodiments, the liquid vehicle is an aqueous medium (e.g., water). In specific embodiments, corticosteroid particles (e.g., microparticles) are suspended in the aqueous medium.
  • In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, budesonide, fluticasone propionate and combinations thereof. In specific embodiments, corticosteroid (e.g., budesonide or fluticasone propionate) is present in a composition or formulation described herein in an amount of about 0.005 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 5 mg/mL about 0.01 mg/mL to about 3 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 2 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/ml to about 0.4 mg/mL, about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL. In more specific embodiments, budesonide is present in an amount of about 0.01 mg/mL to about 3 mg/mL, about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.5 mg/mL, about 0.05 mg/mL to about 0.4 mg/mL, or about 0.07 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL. In other specific embodiments, fluticasone propionate is present in an amount of about 0.005 mg/mL to about 1.5 mg/mL, or about 0.01 mg/mL to about 1 mg/mL.
  • In other illustrative embodiments of the invention, the compositions disclosed herein are provided in the form of a lozenge which may be dissolved in the mouth, thus reaching and at least partially coating the esophagus, and deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. The lozenge or other similar dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, or other solid), would dissolve in the mouth or esophagus to produce a solution that can then at least partially coat the esophagus, and thereafter deliver the composition to the affected areas, including by way of example only, the lower esophagus, the esophageal-stomach juncture, the stomach and/or the duodenum. Or, for children, infants or other patients that may have difficulty with a dissolving lozenge, the lozenge may be ground or otherwise dissolved in a small volume of water or other pharmaceutically suitable liquid, for example, reaching a total volume presented in embodiments herein. In other illustrative embodiments of the invention, the compositions disclosed herein are provided in the form of a tablet, a capsule, or, for example a gel capsule, designed for slow release and delivery to the gastrointestinal tract, including the esophagus.
  • In some embodiments, initial treatment continues, for example, for about 3 days to 2 weeks for an acute condition, or about 4 weeks to about 16 weeks for a chronic condition, or about 8 weeks to about 12 weeks for a chronic condition. In various embodiments, longer therapy is needed, such as, for example, therapy similar to chronic therapy for persistent asthma. In some aspects of the present invention, patients are, for example, be treated for up to 6 months, or up to one year. In certain aspects, maintenance treatment last up to or longer than one year. In some embodiments, patients are treated on a maintenance basis or on an as needed basis during a problematic episode, depending on the severity of the condition. In certain embodiments, patients are treated on a rotating treatment basis, where treatment is provided for a period of time and then the patient is taken off of the drug for a period before treatment resumes again. When off the drug, the patient may be given no treatment, treatment with another medication, or treatment with a reduced dosage. In certain embodiments, patients are given treatment with a higher dose of the composition until a desired reduced disease state is achieved, and then continued on a lower dose of the composition.
  • In various embodiments, the compositions of the present invention include pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are generally well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, by way of non-limiting example, acetate, benzenesulfonate, besylate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carnsylate, carbonate, citrate, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, or teoclate. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be found in, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20.sup.th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wills (2000). In specific embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, for example, acetate, benzoate, bromide, carbonate, citrate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, napsylate, pamoate (embonate), phosphate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, or tartrate. In certain embodiments, such salts are used for any of the actives described herein.
  • Depending on the specific conditions being treated, the compositions may be formulated into liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally. In some embodiments, the agents are delivered, for example, in a timed- or sustained-low release form as is known to those skilled in the art. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20th ed.) Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins (2000).
  • In addition to the active or actives, various embodiments of the present invention provide for pharmaceutical compositions that contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and auxiliaries. For example, in some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or auxiliaries are used to formulate the corticosteroids herein disclosed for the practice of the invention into dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the invention. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or auxiliaries well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such excipients and/or auxiliaries enable the compositions of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, soft chews, creams, pastes, chewable tablets, gels or gel matrices, syrups, slurries, suspensions, gums, lozenges, and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. In certain instances, oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) are formulated such that upon oral administration, an interface layer between the oral formulation (e.g., suspension, cream or gel matrix) and a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) is formed. In some instances, an oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) in contact with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) delivers a corticosteroid to the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) via the interface layer and as the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) near the interface layer is depleted of corticosteroid, a concentration gradient results. In certain instances, portions of the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) with high concentrations of corticosteroid relative to the portions of the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) proximate to the interface layer replenishes corticosteroid in the portion of the oral formulations (e.g., suspensions, creams or gel matrices) proximate to the interface layer. In certain instances, upon oral administration of an oral formulation described herein to an individual, an interface layer is formed between a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus) and a mixture of the oral formulation (e.g., chewable tablet) and saliva of the individual.
  • In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use are obtained by combining the corticosteroids with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients include, by way of non-limiting example, fillers such as sugars or starches, including dextrose, lactose, maltodextrin, sucrose, sucralose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, or a combination thereof. Disintegrating agents are optionally added, such as the cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions used herein include excipients suitable for rendering the dissolving tablet palatable, such as sweeteners or flavoring agents.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are in liquid form. Appropriate excipients for use in liquid form pharmaceutical compositions include, for example, those that increase the mucoadhesive character and/or viscosity of the liquid composition. Optional excipients also include, by way of non-limiting example, those that render the liquid composition palatable. Optional excipients that increase palatability include, by way of non-limiting example, sugars, including dextrose, lactose, sucrose, sucralose, maltodextrin, mannitol, or sorbitol; honey, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • Liquid suspensions of the present invention may include, for example, those prepared by adding about 5 to about 25 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 20 grams of Splenda®, or about 5 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 7 to about 15 grams of Splenda®, or about 8 to about 12 grams of Splenda®, or about 10 to about 11 grams of Splenda®, or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 grams of Splenda®, added to 4 ml of a budesonide suspension, such as that obtained from commercially available Pulmicort Respules unit dose, or larger volumes having the same ratios of Splenda® to budesonide.
  • Any of the compositions or formulations described herein optionally comprise one or more binder, optionally comprise one or more filler, optionally comprise one or more lubricant, optionally comprise one or more solvent, optionally comprise one or more suspension agent, optionally comprise one or more flavoring agent, optionally comprise one or more coloring agent, optionally comprise one or more sweetener, optionally comprise one or more preservative, optionally comprise one or more antioxidant, optionally comprise one or more buffering agent, optionally comprise one or more humectant, optionally comprise one or more chelating agent optionally comprise one or more surfactant, or combinations thereof.
  • Preservatives include, by way of non-limiting example, benzalkonium chloride, cetrimide (cetyltrimethylammonium bromide), benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, methyl-, ethyl-, propyl- and butyl-esters of para-hydroxybenzoic acid, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, phenylmercuric acetate, borate and nitrate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sorbic acid, thiomersal (mercurithiosalicylate), combinations thereof, or the like. Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.1% w/w to about 5% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 3% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 1% w/w, about 0.1% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.2% w/w of one or more preservative(s).
  • Antioxidants include, by way of non-limiting example, ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, sodium ascorbate, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate, sodium metabisulfite, BE, BRA, sodium bisulfite, vitamin E or a derivative thereof, propyl gallate, edetate (EDTA) (e.g., disodium edetate), Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), Triglycollamate (NT), combinations thereof or the like. Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include of about 0.01% w/w to about 1% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.01% w/w to about 0.1% w/w one or more antioxidant(s).
  • Buffering agents include, by way of non-limiting example, citrate buffers (i.e., citric acid and citrate), phosphate buffers, acetate buffers, combinations thereof, or the like.
  • As used herein, “citrate” includes all compounds of Formula I wherein each R is independently selected from an H and a negative charge (e.g., as a salt or as a disassociated salt or acid). In certain embodiments, citrate is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sodium citrate, citric acid and the like.
  • Figure US20090123390A1-20090514-C00001
  • Humectants include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerine, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glyceryl triacetate, polyols (e.g., sorbitol, xylitol, maltitol, polydextrose), and the like. Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.1% w/w to about 10% w/w, about 1% w/w to about 10% w/w, about 1% to about 8% w/w, or about 5% w/w of a humectant. In certain embodiments, humectants inhibit precipitation and/or crystallization of one or more component of a composition or formulation described herein (e.g., a sweetener, mucoadhesive agent or a viscosity enhancing agent).
  • Chelating agents include, by way of non-limiting example, edetate (EDTA) (e.g., disodium edetate), Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), Triglycollamate (NT), or the like. Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.01% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.01% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.01% w/w to about 0.1% w/w, or about 0.05% w/w of one or more chelating agent.
  • As used herein, “edetate” includes all compounds of Formula II wherein each R is independently selected from an H and a negative charge (e.g., as a salt or as a disassociated salt or acid). In certain embodiments, edetate is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, disodium edetate, calcium edetate, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and the like.
  • Figure US20090123390A1-20090514-C00002
  • In certain embodiments, sweeteners include, by way of non-limiting example, glycerin, acesulfame potassium (AceK), mono-ammonium glycyrrhizinate (e.g., Magnasweet®), sucrose, lactose, glucose, fructose, arabinose, xylose, ribose, mannose, galactose, dextrose, sorbose, sorbitol, mannitol, maltose, cellobiose, xylitol and the like. In some embodiments, flavoring agents include, by way of non-limiting example, peppermint, orange, bubble guru, wintergreen, grape and cherry.
  • Surfactants include, e.g., anionic, cationic, non-ionic, or zwitterionic surfactants, such as, by way of non-limiting example, polysorbate (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 81, polysorbate 85, polysorbate 120), bile acids or their salts (e.g., sodium taurocholates, sodium deoxytaurocholates, chenodeoxycholic acid, and ursodeoxycholic acid), nonoxynol or polyoxyethylene glycol fatty acid esters, pluronic or poloxamers such as Pluronic F68, Pluronic L44, Pluronic L101, combinations thereof, or the like. Compositions and formulations described herein optionally include about 0.001% w/w to about 0.5% w/w, about 0.001% w/w to about 0.3% w/w, or about 0.001% w/w to about 0.1% w/w of one or more surfactant.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. In some embodiments, concentrated sugar solutions are used for this purpose, which optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dye-stuffs or pigments are optionally added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active corticosteroid and/or additional active agent doses.
  • In various embodiments, pharmaceutical preparations that are used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin, and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In some embodiments, the push-fit capsules contain the active ingredient or ingredients in admixture with a filler, binder, lubricant, stabilizer or a combination thereof. Fillers include, by way of non-limiting example, lactose. Binders include, by way of non-limiting example, starches. Lubricants include, by way of non-limiting example, talc and magnesium stearate. In soft capsules, the corticosteroids may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEGs). In addition, stabilizers are optionally added.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention provides for a corticosteroid and/or additional active agent that has a low bioavailability. Due to the low bioavailability, the corticosteroid and/or additional active agent is used in certain embodiments of the invention, the corticosteroid and/or additional active agent remains in the gastrointestinal tract, for example, in the esophagus. In some embodiments, the low bioavailability results in decreased systemic side effects and complications, allowing patients with chronic conditions to receive treatment for longer periods of time.
  • In some embodiments, the actives described herein are administered in a composition comprising a commercially available formulation of a corticosteroid and formulated as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the corticosteroid containing composition provided herein comprises a commercially available formulation and an excipient, such as a diluents, a flavoring agent, a mucoadhesive agent, a viscosity enhancing agent, a binder, a filler, a lubricant, a solvent, a suspension agent, a coloring agent, a sweetener, a preservative, an antioxidant, a buffering agent, a humectant, a chelating agent, a surfactant, combinations thereof, or the like. In some embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is budesonide, the commercially available formulation is Pulmicort Respules® (distributed by AstraZeneca, e.g., as set forth in NDA 20-929, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). In other embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is budesonide, the commercially available formulation is Rhinocort Aqua® (distributed by AstraZeneca LP, Wilmington, Del. 19850, e.g., as set forth in NDA 20-746, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In still other embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is budesonide, the commercially available formulation is Symbicort® (manufactured by AstraZeneca Dunkerque Production, Dunkerque, France, e.g., as set forth in NDA 21-929, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, wherein the corticosteroid is fluticasone, the commercially available formulation is Flonase®. In some embodiments, the ratio of commercially available formulation to the optional diluent is between about 1:0.5 and about 1:100. Diluents include any pharmaceutically acceptable oral diluent including, e.g., powder diluents (such as talc) and liquid diluents (such as water, ethanol and combinations thereof). In certain embodiments, the commercially available formulation is Entocort® (manufactured by AstraZeneca AB, S-151 85 Sodertalje, Sweden, distributed by Prometheus Laboratories Inc, San Diego, Calif. 92121, as set forth in NDA 21-324, which is, including all supplements, hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In certain embodiments, Entocort® formulations are dissolved and/or dispersed in an aqueous vehicle. In specific embodiments, the Entocort® formulation is dispersed in a liquid vehicle that has a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles. In other embodiments, the Entocort® formulation is pre-treated with a solvent having a pH sufficient to remove the enteric coating from the budesonide particles therein, and the particles are subsequently formulated into a composition described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, a composition described herein comprises a corticosteroid, an additional therapeutic agent a commercially available formulation, and, optionally, one or more additional excipient. In some embodiments, a corticosteroid composition described herein comprises actives formulated in a manner similar to a commercial formulation (e.g., lacking one or more of the active ingredients of the formulation), and, optionally, one or more additional excipient. The one or more additional excipients can be utilized to achieve a formulation as described herein. In specific embodiments, the commercially available formulation is Ultra XCID (manufactured by Matrixx Initiatives, Inc., Phoenix, Ariz.).
  • Diseases
  • In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating, preventing, or alleviating inflammation or symptoms associated with inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract, e.g., the esophagus. In specific embodiments, the method provided herein is a method of reducing or alleviating symptoms of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract. In more specific embodiments, the inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract is eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In some embodiments, the method provided herein is a method of treating inflammation associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In certain embodiments, the method provided herein is a method of treating dysphagia associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In some embodiments, the method provided herein is a method of treating inflammation and dysphagia associated with eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating diseases or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., a disease or condition of the upper gastrointestinal tract, including a disease or condition of the esophagus), by administering a composition described herein.
  • In some embodiments, administration of the composition described herein treats, prevents, or alleviates inflammation or symptoms associated with the inflammatory disease or condition. Diseases or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract include, by way of non-limiting example, any chronic inflammatory or malignant state that involves the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract) and responds to steroid and/or acid inhibitor therapy. The methods of the present invention are useful, for example, for treating, preventing and alleviating the inflammation associated with or symptoms of eosinophilic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel diseases involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), cosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, cosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus, etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esophagitis (e.g., tuberculosis, actinomycosis, syphlis), corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, graft vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement (e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, acute esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures secondary to caustic/irritant, conditions due to ingestion, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, and gastro enteritis. The methods of the present invention are also useful, for example, for treating, preventing and alleviating inflammation associated with or symptoms of Barrett's Esophagus, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), nonerosive reflux disease (NERD) and/or erosive esophagitis. Diseases or conditions for which the compositions may be used includes gastrointestinal reflux associated with any chronic inflammatory or malignant state that involves the esophagus and responds to the additional active agent (e.g., an acid inhibitor such as an H2 antagonist or blocker and/or PPI). In certain embodiments, the individual may be, for example, diagnosed with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or other related diseases or ailments, including but not limited to nonerosive reflux disease, Barrett's Esophagus, erosive esophagitis, respiratory ailments, cough, heartburn and other associated ailments and diseases. The composition may also be used in other gastrointestinal disorders, including stomach and duodenal ulcers, hyperactive acidic discharge disorders, such as Zollinger-Ellison syndrome and laryngeal disorders. The composition may additionally be used in patients with a combination of disorders, including by way of example only eosinophilic esophagitis (EE or EoE) and GERD or GERD-like symptoms.
  • In some embodiments, an individual treated according to a method described herein is diagnosed with displaying the symptoms of, or suspected of having GERD and eosinophilic esophagitis (EoE). In some embodiments, an individual treated according to a method described herein is diagnosed with, displaying the symptoms of, or suspected of having GERD has an eosinophil count of greater than 0, but less than 7 or less than 15 eosinophils/HPF. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) in an individual by administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a corticosteroid, wherein the GERD is refractory (e.g., non-responsive or substantially non-responsive) to at least one acid inhibitor (e.g., at least one PPI and/or H2RA).
  • It will be appreciated that reference herein to treatment extends to prophylaxis as well as the treatment of inflammation or other symptoms.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing or alleviating inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract including, by way of non-limiting example, the esophagus, stomach and/or digestive tract, in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual any of the compositions described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating, preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal inflammation) in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid; (ii) at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract; and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients. In certain embodiments, the at least one additional active agent is an agent that treats, prevents, or alleviates the symptoms of and/or inflammation associated with inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a histamine H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT4 receptor agonist, 5HT3 receptor antagonist, 5HT1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, and combinations thereof.
  • One aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition. In other embodiments, the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In yet other embodiments, the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent. In other aspects, the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition. In some embodiments, the excipient may enhance adsorption of the active to a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • Another aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a PPI and (iii) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition. In other embodiments, the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In yet other embodiments, the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent. In other aspects, the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition.
  • Yet another aspect of the invention provided herein is a method of preventing or alleviating gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist, (iii) a PPI and (iv) an excipient or combination of excipients thereof. In some embodiments, the excipient may increase the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), including excipients that increase the viscosity of the composition or impart a mucoadhesive characteristic to the composition. In other embodiments, the excipient may enhance absorption of the active agents across a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus). In yet other embodiments, the excipient may include a combination of a viscosity increasing agent, a mucoadhesive agent or an absorption enhancing agent. In other aspects, the excipient may not impart the characteristic of viscosity increasing, mucoadhesiveness or absorption enhancing to the composition.
  • In some aspects of the invention, the viscosity of the composition may be from about 2 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius, more preferably at about 25 centipoise (cP) to about 800 cP, 50 cP to about 800, or about 300 cP to about 800 cP. In another aspect, the viscosity of the composition may range from about 400 cP to about 600 cP. Preferably, the viscosity of the formulation is from about 250 cP to about 600 cP, as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at 25 degrees Celsius.
  • In some embodiments, a composition or formulation described herein comprises a viscosity enhancing agent that imparts on the composition (or on a mixture of the composition with saliva of an individual to whom the composition is administered) a viscosity sufficient to provide increased residence on the esophagus while also allowing migration of the active agent(s) (solute or particles) when the composition is orally administered to an individual. In other words, in some embodiments, the viscosity is high enough to increase residence time of the composition on a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), but not so high as to prevent migration of the active agent(s) within the composition, e.g., toward the surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus).
  • In any of such methods, a viscosity-enhancing excipient can be, for example acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 2004500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, a viscosity-increasing excipient that may be used is Splenda®.
  • In any such methods of the above, the excipients that impart mucoadhesive characteristics to a composition may include, but are not limited to, at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a crosslinked poly(acrylic acid) (e.g. Carbopol 947P), a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
  • In any such methods of the above, the excipient that enhances absorption of the composition through a surface of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., the surface of the esophagus), may include, but are not limited to, acylcarnitines, surfactants, sodium lauryl sulfate, saponins, bile salts or bile acids including but not limited to cholanic acid, chilic acid, deoxycholic acid, glycocholic acid, tautocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, lithocholic acid, ursocholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, isourosde oxycholic acid, lagodeoxycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, glycochenodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hyocholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, or combinations thereof, dihydrofusidates, fatty acid derivatives, chitosan, carbopol, cellulosic agents, sterols, including but not limited to alcohols structurally related to steroids, including but not limited to cholestanol, coprostanol, cholesterol, epicholesterol, ergosterol, ergocalciferol, or combinations thereof, starch, dextran, cyclodextrin, or combinations thereof.
  • In one aspect, a topical corticosteroid is included in the composition, and may be for example, budesonide. In another aspect, a topical corticosteroid is included in the composition, and may be for example, fluticasone propionate.
  • H2 antagonists to be administered as part of a composition include, but are not limited to, cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine or famotidine. In one non-limiting example, the H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
  • PPIs to be administered as part of a composition include, but are not limited to, omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, habeprazole, perprazole, ransoprazole, pariprazole or leminoprazole. In one non-limiting example, the PPI is omeprazole.
  • In some embodiments, the TLESR-reducing agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, GABAB agonists (e.g., baclofen), cholecystokinin (CCK-A or CCK-1) antagonists, anticholinergic agents, NO synthase inhibitors and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the serotonergic agent/prokinetic is a 5-HT4 receptor agonist (e.g., a selective 5-HT4 receptor agonist) including, by way of non-limiting example, cisapride, mosapride, tegaserod, ATI-7505 and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, potassium competitive acid blocker (P-CAB) is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, soraprazan (BY359), revaprazan (YH1885), AZD0865, CS-526 and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, mucosal protectants are selected from, by way of non-limiting example, sucralfate. In some embodiments, mucosal protectants include one or more of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and/or transforming growth factor-α (TGF-α), or analogs thereof. In a specific embodiment, the mucosal protectant comprises the PGE2 analog trimoprostil. In some embodiments, the histamine H3 agonist is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, (R)-α-methyl-histamine. In certain embodiments, the anti-gastrin agent is selected from, by way of non-limiting example, cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists. Cholecystokinin (CCK-B or CCK-2) antagonists include, by way of non-limiting example, Z-360.
  • In certain embodiments, the oral dosage form comprises a liquid vehicle and is formulated as, e.g., a slurry, suspension, syrup, dispersion, solution, etc. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in liquid, semi-solid or solid form. In specific embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition described herein is in semi-solid form, e.g., a gel, a gel matrix, a cream, a paste, and the like.
  • In some embodiments, the inflammation treated by the methods and compositions described herein is associated with eosinophilic inflammation and/or neutrophilic inflammation. In some embodiments, individuals (e.g., patients) to be treated with compositions described herein include those that have been diagnosed eosinophilic esophagitis, an inflammatory bowel disease involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology (e.g., in individuals suffering from hypofunctioning gallbladder), eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis (e.g., Candida, turolopsis, histoplasma Aspergillus, etc.), viral esophagitis (e.g., HSV, CMV, V2V), bacterial esophagitis (e.g., tuberculosis, actinomycosis, syphlis), corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, graft vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement (e.g., bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, epidermolysis bollosa, Stevens-Johnson syndrome), Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation, or gastro enteritis. In one non-limiting example, the patient has eosinophilic esophagitis. In some embodiments, individuals (e.g., patients) to be treated with the compositions described herein include those that have been diagnosed with Barrett's Esophagus, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), nonerosive reflux disease (NERD) and/or erosive esophagitis. In some embodiments, the patient is an adult. In other embodiments, the patient is a child or infant. In various aspects, a patient is a child or infant. In one aspect a patient is a child less than 16 years old, less than 12 years old, less than 8 years old, less than 6 years old, less than 4 years old or less than 2 years old. In one aspect, a patient is an infant less than one year old, less than 6 months old or less than 3 months old.
  • In some embodiments, a composition is in a unit dose formulation for oral administration of a patient. In some embodiments, a unit dose of the corticosteroid and additional active agent is administered from a metered dose device. In some embodiments, the metered dose device delivers a metered unit dose of a composition described herein to the mouth or throat of an individual in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the metered dose device is a metered inhaler, which is utilized to administer a metered unit dose to the mouth or throat of an individual (the individual swallows rather than inhales the metered unit dose). In certain embodiments, a metered dose device dispenses a metered unit dose of a composition described herein into a receptacle (e.g., a cup), which is then utilized to orally administer the metered unit dose to the mouth or throat.
  • In certain aspects, about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 4 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 15 mg, or about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg (e.g., about 0.1-10 mg, about 0.25-5 mg, about 0.25-2.5 mg, about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg) corticosteroid per day or per dose is administered to an individual. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a composition or a unit dose of a composition described herein in an amount of from about 0.01 mg to about 10 mg (e.g., about 0.1-10 mg, about 0.25-5 mg, about 0.25-2.5 mg, about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg). In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.1 mg and about 20 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.3 mg and about 4 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.5 mg and about 3 mg. In other embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid present in a unit dose or administered daily is between about 1 and about 3 mg, or between about 1 and about 2 mg, or between about 2 and about 3 mg. In certain aspects, the additional active agent is an acid inhibit (e.g., an H2 antagonist and/or a PPI). In one aspect, a 12 antagonist is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 1 mg and about 500 mg, between about 2.5 mg and about 250 mg, or between about 5 mg and about 100 mg. In another aspect, a PPI is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 1 mg and about 600 mg. In yet another aspect from about 1 to about 3 mg (e.g., about 1-2 mg or about 2-3 mg) corticosteroid per day or per dose is administered to said individual. In yet another aspect a corticosteroid is present in the unit dose in an amount of between about 250 μg and about 5 mg, between about 500 μg and about 3 mg or between about 1 mg and about 3 mg. In other aspects, the unit dose formulation includes a combination of a corticosteroid and an acid inhibitor, including but not limited to an H2 antagonist or blocker and/or a PPI.
  • The entirety of each patent, patent application, publication and document referenced herein hereby is incorporated by reference. Citation of the above patents, patent applications, publications and documents is not an admission that any of the foregoing is pertinent prior art, nor does it constitute any admission as to the contents or date of these publications or documents.
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and systems similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the methods, devices, and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference for the purpose of describing and disclosing the processes, systems, and methodologies which are reported in the publications which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
  • Modifications may be made to the foregoing without departing from the basic aspects of the invention. Although the invention has been described in substantial detail with reference to one or more specific embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that changes may be made to the embodiments specifically disclosed in this application, and yet these modifications and improvements are within the scope and spirit of the invention. The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element(s) not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, in each instance herein any of the terms “comprising”, “consisting essentially of”, and “consisting of” may be replaced with either of the other two terms. Thus, the terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, equivalents of the features shown and described, or portions thereof, are not excluded, and it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a multiple unit container comprising about 2 to about 180, about 10 to about 60, about 14, or about 30 unit doses of any pharmaceutical composition described herein. In more specific embodiments, each dose comprises about 1 mL to about 25 mL, about 1 mL to about 20 mL, about 7 mL to about 25 mL, about 10 to about 20 mL, about 15 mL, about 20 mL, about 3 to about 7 mL, about 5 mL, about 8 mL to about 12 mL, or about 10 mL. In still more specific embodiments, each dose comprises about 0.1 to about 20 mg, about 0.1 to about 10 mg, about 0.1 to about 7.5 mg, about 0.1 to about 5 mg, about 0.3 to about 4 mg, about 0.25 to about 2.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 1 mg, about 0.7 mg to about 1.5 mg, about 0.375 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.5 mg or about 2 mg of corticosteroid. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a multiple unit container comprising about 10 mL to about 1500 mL, about 50 mL to about 600 mL, about 150 mL, about 300 mL, about 600 mL, or about 1,200 mL of any pharmaceutical composition described herein. In specific embodiments, the multidose container comprises about 330 mL or about 55 mL of a composition described herein. In some embodiments, a kit provided herein comprises any multidose container as described herein, a pharmaceutical composition as described herein (e.g., in a volume described), and a delivery or metered device (e.g., a syringe, a cup, a spoon, or the like). In specific embodiments, the delivery device is incorporated into the container (e.g., an nebulizer, a aerosolizer, a pump, or the like). In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition contained within any of the multiple unit containers described herein is physically and chemically stable.
  • In certain aspects, about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 20 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 15 mg, about 0.25 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 4 mg, or about 0.25 mg to about 5 mg (e.g., about 0.1 to about 5 mg, about 0.25 to about 2.5 mg, about 0.3 mg to about 2 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 1 mg, about 0.7 mg to about 1.5 mg, about 0.375 mg, about 0.75 mg, about 1 mg, about 1.25 mg, about 1.5 mg or about 2 mg) corticosteroid per day is administered to a patient. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.1 mg and about 20 mg. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.3 mg and about 4 mg. In some embodiments, the corticosteroid is present in a unit dose in an amount of between about 0.25 mg and about 5 mg. In some embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid administered daily or in a unit dose is between about 0.5 mg and about 3 mg. In other embodiments, the amount of corticosteroid present in a unit dose or administered daily is between about 1 and about 3 mg, or between about 1 and about 2 mg, or between about 2 and about 3 mg.
  • In some embodiments, any composition or formulation described herein is stable. In specific embodiments, the composition is chemically and physically stable. In certain embodiments, chemical stability is evidenced by a composition that comprises at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% of the initial amount or label amount of corticosteroid and/or optional additional active agent therein for, by way of non-limiting example, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, or for the duration of the shelf life. In some embodiments, physical stability is evidenced by a pharmaceutical composition that is able to substantially obtain uniformity, remain substantially uniform (e.g., for at least 1 day, 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, etc.), or substantially regain uniformity (e.g., via mild or moderate agitation after being undisturbed for 1 day, 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, etc.). In certain embodiments, physical stability is evidenced by a composition that comprises at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% of the initial amount or label amount of corticosteroid and/or optional additional active agent therein for, by way of non-limiting example, 2 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, or for the duration of the shelf life. In certain embodiments, uniformity as described herein is evidenced by the uniformity of the dispersion of the corticosteroid particles throughout the pharmaceutical composition, the uniformity of the dispersed mass of corticosteroid throughout the pharmaceutical composition, the uniformity of the concentration of one or more of the components in the composition throughout the pharmaceutical composition, and the like. In certain embodiments, mild or moderate agitation includes, by way of non-limiting example, shaking, shaking well, swirling, gentle swirling, and the like. In some embodiments, mild or moderate agitation includes agitation without a special apparatus. In some embodiments, uniformity of the pharmaceutical composition refers to dose uniformity (e.g., each dose delivered or withdrawn from the composition comprises a substantially similar amount of corticosteroid), or the concentration of corticosteroid in at least some or all of the doses from the multiple dose formulations are substantially similar. In certain embodiments, substantially similar includes, e.g., within 20%, 15%, 10%, 7%, 5%, 3%, 2%, or 1%.
  • In some embodiments, the dose or volume of a composition administered herein is adjusted based on the efficacy of treatment. In certain embodiments, a diagnosis of eosinophilic esophagitis is achieved by administering a composition described herein and determining the efficacy of the treatment. In certain embodiments, a composition described herein and separately determined to be effective in treating cosinophilic esophagitis is utilized. Efficacy of treatment can be determined in any suitable manner including, e.g., symptom score assessment, gastrointestinoscopy (e.g., esophagogastroduodenoscopy), gastrointestinal (e.g., esophageal) biopsy, histological evaluation, or a combination thereof.
  • Processes of diagnosing eosinophilic esophagitis and/or determining efficacy of treatment include any suitable process including, by way of non-limiting example, processes as set forth in Aceves et al., J Allergy Clin Immunol, February 2008; abstract 270, or Aceves et al, Am J. Gastroenterol., October 2007, 102(10):2271-9, both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, a process for determining efficacy of a treatment (e.g., for eosinophilic esophagitis) described herein is a clinical symptom score assessment comprising (i) administering a composition described herein to an individual diagnosed with or suspected of having eosinophilic esophagitis; and (ii) evaluating one or more symptom of the individual. In certain embodiments, prior to administering the composition, the process comprises evaluating the one or more symptom of the individual. Symptoms that are optionally scored include, by way of non-limiting example, nausea, vomiting, pain, and heartburn. Total score or change in score is optionally utilized to diagnose a disorder and/or determine efficacy of treatment.
  • In certain embodiments, a process for determining efficacy of a treatment described herein comprises (i) administering a composition described herein to an individual diagnosed with or suspected of suffering from inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g., eosinophilic esophagitis); (ii) endoscoping the gastrointestinal surface of the individual; (iii) biopsying the gastrointestinal surface tissue; and (iv) evaluating the biopsied tissue and optionally determining an endoscopy score of the tissues biopsied. In specific embodiments, the process further comprises comparing the evaluated biopsied tissue and/or the endoscopy score obtained prior to administration of the composition to the biopsied tissue and/or endoscopy score subsequent to administration of the composition.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a process of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation by (i) detecting and/or measuring symptoms of the individual prior to administering to the individual a composition described herein; (ii) administering to the individual any composition described herein; (iii) detecting and/or measuring symptoms of the individual following administration of the composition; and (iv) comparing the symptoms measured or detected prior to and following administration of a composition described herein. If the symptoms exhibited by the individual are reduced (e.g., by a statistically significant or clinically relevant amount), a positive diagnosis occurs. In specific embodiments, the process of diagnosing an individual with gastrointestinal inflammation is diagnosing an individual with eosinophilic esophagitis.
  • While certain embodiments have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art and are considered to be within the scope of the disclosure herein. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
  • REFERENCES
    • 1. Liacouras C A, Ruchelli E. Eosinophilic esophagitis. Cuff. Opin. Pediatr. 2004; 16:560-6.
    • 2. Kelly K J, Lazenby A J, Rowe P C, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis attributed to gastroesophageal reflux: improvement with an amino acid-based formula. Gastroenterology 1995; 109: 1503-12.
    • 3. Fogg M I, Ruchelli E, Spergel J M. Pollen and eosinophilic esophagitis. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2003; 112:796-7.
    • 4. Mishra A, Hogan S P, Brandt E B, Rothenberg M E. An etiological role for aeroallergens and eosinophils in experimental esophagitis. J. Olin. Invest. 2001; 107:83-90.
    • 5. Spergel J M, Beausoleil J L, Mascarerhas M, Liacouras C A. The use of skin prick tests and patch tests to identify causative foods in eosinophilic esophagitis. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2002; 109:363-8.
    • 6. Ruchelli E, Wenner W, Voytek T, et al. Severity of esophageal eosinophilia predicts response to conventional gastroesophageal reflux therapy. Pediatr. Dev. Pathol. 1999; 2:15-8.
    • 7. Steiner S J, Gupta S K, Croffie J M, Fitzgerald J F. Correlation between number of eosinophils and reflux index on same day esophageal biopsy and 24 hour esophageal pH monitoring. Am. J. Gastroenterol. 2004; 99:801-5.
    • 8. Orenstein S R, Shalaby T M, Di Lorenzo C, et al. The spectrum of pediatric eosinophilic esophagitis beyond infancy: a clinical series of 30 children. Am. J. Gastroenterol. 2000; 95:1422-30.
    • 9. Rothenberg M E, Mishra A, Collins M H, Putnam P E. Pathogenesis and clinical features of cosinophilic esophagitis. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2001; 108:891-4.
    • 10. Ravelli A M, Villanacci V, Ruzzenenti N, et al. Dilated Intercellular Spaces: A Major Morphological Feature of Esophagitis. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 2006; 42:510-515.
    • 11. Steiner S J, Kernek K M, Fitzgerald J F. Severity of Basal Cell Hyperplasia Differs in Reflux Versus Eosinophilic Esophagitis. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 2006; 42:506-509.
    • 12. Mueller S, Aigner T, Neureiter D, Stolte M. Eosinophil infiltration and degranulation in oesophageal mucosa from adult patients with eosinophilic oesophagitis: a retrospective comparative study on pathologic biopsy. J. Clin. Pathol. 2006; 59:1175-80.
    • 13. Croese J, Fairley S K, Masson J W, et al. Clinical and endoscopic features of eosinophilic esophagitis in adults. Gastrointest. Endosc. 2003; 58:516-22.
    • 14. Aceves S, Newbury, R O, Dohil R, Schwimmer J, Bastian J. Distinguishing Eosinophilic Esophagitis in pediatric patients: clinical, endoscopic, and histologic features of an emerging disorder. Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology 2006; 41(3):252-6.
    • 15. Straumann A, Simon H U. Eosinophilic esophagitis: escalating epidemiology? J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2005; 115:418-9.
    • 16. Cherian S, Smith N M, Forbes D A. Rapidly increasing prevalence of eosinophilic oesophagitis in Western Australia. Arch. Dis. Child 2006; 91:1000-4.
    • 17. Sant'Anna A M, Rolland S, Fournet J C, et al. Eosinophilic Esophagitis in Children: Symptoms, Histology and pH Probe Results. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 2004; 39:373-377.
    • 18. Potter J W, Saeian K, Staff D, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in adults: an emerging problem with unique esophageal features. Gastrointest. Endosc. 2004; 59:355-61.
    • 19. Parfitt J R, Gregor I C, Suskin N G, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in adults: distinguishing features from gastroesophageal reflux disease: a study of 41 patients. Mod. Pathol. 2006; 19:90-6.
    • 20. Desai T K, Stecevic V, Chang C H, et al. Association of eosinophilic inflammation with esophageal food impaction in adults. Gastrointest. Endosc. 2005; 61:795-801.
    • 21. Straumann A, Spichtin H P, Grize L, et al. Natural history of primary eosinophilic esophagitis: a follow-up of 30 adult patients for up to 11.5 years. Gastroenterology 2003; 125:1660-9.
    • 22. Spergel J M, Andrews T, Brown-Whitehorn T F, et al. Treatment of eosinophilic esophagitis with specific food elimination diet directed by a combination of skin prick and patch tests. Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2005; 95:336-43.
    • 23. Kagalwalla A F, Sentongo T A, Ritz S, et al. Effect of six-food elimination diet on clinical and histologic outcomes in eosinophilic esophagitis. Clin. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. 2006; 4:1097-102.
    • 24. Markowitz J E, Spergel J M, Ruchelli E, Liacouras C A. Elemental diet is an effective treatment for eosinophilic esophagitis in children and adolescents. Am. J. Gastroenterol. 2003; 98:777-82.
    • 25. Liacouras C A, Wenner W J, Brown K, Ruchelli E. Primary eosinophilic esophagitis in children: successful treatment with oral corticosteroids. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 1998; 26:380-5.
    • 26. Teitelbaum J E, Fox V L, Twarog F J, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in children: immunopathological analysis and response to fluticasone propionate. Gastroenterology 2002; 122:1216-25.
    • 27. Faubion W A, Jr., Perrault J, Burgart L J, et al. Treatment of eosinophilic esophagitis with inhaled corticosteroids. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 1998; 27:90-3.
    • 28. Aceves S S, Dohil R, Newbury R O, Bastian J F. Topical viscous budesonide suspension for treatment of eosinophilic esophagitis. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2005; 116:705-6.
    • 29. Noel R J, Putnam P E, Collins M H, et al. Clinical and immunopathologic effects of swallowed fluticasone for eosinophilic esophagitis. Clin. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. 2004; 2:568-75.
    • 30. Rernedios M, Campbell C, Jones D M, Kerlin P. Eosinophilic esophagitis in adults: clinical, endoscopic, histologic findings, and response to treatment with fluticasone propionate. Gastrointest. Endosc. 2006; 63:3-12.
    • 31. Dohil R, Newbury R O, Sellers Z M, et al. The evaluation and treatment of gastrointestinal disease in children with cystinosis receiving cysteamine. J. Pediatr. 2003; 14:224-30.
    • 32. Cheung K M, Oliver M R, Cameron D J, et al. Esophageal eosinophilia in children with dysphagia. J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol. Nutr. 2003; 37:498-503.
    • 33. Fox V L, Nurko S, Furuta G T. Eosinophilic esophagitis: it's not just kid's stuff, Gastrointest. Endosc. 2002;
    • 34. Budin C, Villard-Truc F, Rivet C, et al. [Eosinophilic esophagitis: 3 case reports]. Gastroenterol. Clin. Biol. 2005; 29:73-5.
    • 35. Noel R J, Putnam P E, Rothenberg M E. Eosinophilic esophagitis. N. Engl. J. Med. 2004; 351:940-1.
    • 36. Guajardo J R, Plotnick L M, Fende J M, et al. Eosinophil-associated gastrointestinal disorders: a world-wide-web based registry. J. Pediatr. 2002; 141:576-81.
    • 37. Liacouras C A, Spergel J M, Ruchelli E, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis: a 10-year experience in 381 children. Clin. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. 2005; 3:1198-206.
    • 38. Liacouras C A. Eosinophilic esophagitis: treatment in 2005. Curr. Opin. Gastroenterol. 2006; 22:147-152.
    • 39. Spergel J M. Eosinophilic esophagitis in adults and children: evidence for a food allergy component in many patients. Curr. Opin. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2007; 7:274-8.
    • 40. Plaza-Martin, A M, Jimenez-Feijoo R, Andaluz C, Giner-Munoz M T, Martin-Mateos M A, Piquer-Gibert M, Sierra-Martinez J I. Polysensitization to aeroallergens and food in eosinophilic esophagitis in a pediatric population. Alergol. Immunopathol. 2007; 35:35-7.
    • 41. Nicolazzo, J A, Reed, B L, Finnin, B C. Buccal penetration enhancers—how do they really work? J. Controlled Release 2005; 105:1-15.
    • 42. Furuta, G T, Liacouras, C A, Collins, M H, Sandeep, K G, Justinich, C, Putnam, P E, Bonis, P, Hassall, E, Straumann, A, Rothenberg, M E. Eosiniophilic esophagitis in children and adults: A systematic review and consensus recommendations for diagnosis and treatment. Gastroenterology 2007; 133:1342-1363.
    • 43. Aceves, S S, Bastian J F, Newbury, R O, Dohil, R. Oral viscous budesonide: A potential new therapy for eosinophilic esophagitis. Amer. Journal of Gastroenterology 2007; 102:1-9.
    • 44. Rothenberg M E. Eosinophilic gastrointestinal disorders. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2004; 113:11-28.
    • 45. Garrett J K, Jameson S C, Thomson B, Collins M H, Wagoner L E, Freese, D K, et al. Anti-interleukin-5 (mepolizumab) therapy for hypereosinophilic syndromes. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 2004; 113:115-9.

Claims (40)

1. An oral pharmaceutical composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) at least one additional active agent that treats an inflammatory disease involving the gastrointestinal tract, and (iii) at least one excipient.
2. The oral pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the excipient increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract by at least 1.1 fold.
3. The oral pharmaceutical composition of claim 2, wherein the surface of the gastrointestinal tract is the surface of the esophagus.
4. The oral pharmaceutical composition of claim 3 comprising, (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract.
5. The oral pharmaceutical composition of claim 3 comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a proton pump inhibitor (PPI) and (iii) at least one excipient that increases the interaction of the composition with a surface of the gastrointestinal tract.
6. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 3, wherein said corticosteroid is budesonide.
7. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 4, wherein said H2 antagonist is cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine or famotidine.
8. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 7, wherein said H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
9. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 5, wherein said PPI is omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, habeprazole, perprazole, ransoptazole, pariprazole or leminoprazole.
10. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 9, wherein said PPI is omeprazole.
11. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 4, further comprising a proton pump inhibitor (PPI).
12. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 11, wherein said PPI is omeprazole and said H2 antagonist is ranitidine.
13. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the excipient is a viscosity enhancer, a mucoadhesive agent, an absorption enhancer, or a combination thereof.
14. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 13, wherein said viscosity enhancer is acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 200-4500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), or combinations thereof.
15. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 13, wherein said mucoadhesive agent is at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP), a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a cross-linked poly(acrylic acid), a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
16. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein said composition is formulated as an aerosol, a liquid, a capsule, a tablet, a powder, a suspension, a dragee core, a syrup, a slurry, a suspension or a combination thereof.
17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is physically and chemically stable.
18. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 4, wherein said H2 antagonist is present in the unit dose in an amount of between 0.1 mg and 500 mg.
19. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 5, wherein said PPI is present in the unit dose in an amount of between 1 mg and 600 mg.
20. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the pharmaceutical composition has a viscosity of greater than 2 cP at 25° C. and a shear rate of 13.2 sec−1.
21. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the pharmaceutical composition has a viscosity of about 200 cP at 25° C. and a shear rate of 13.2 sec−1.
22. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the at least one additional active agent that treats an inflammatory diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract is a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), a H2 antagonist, a transient lower esophageal sphincter relaxation (TLESR)-reducing agent, a serotonergic agent/prokinetics, a potassium-competitive acid blocker (P-CAB), a mucosal protectant, a H3 agonist, an anti-gastrin agent, mGluR5 antagonists, acetylcholine modulator, 5HT4 receptor agonist, 5HT3 receptor antagonist, 5HT1 receptor antagonist, antibiotics, or a combination thereof.
23. A method of treating esophageal inflammation in an individual comprising orally administering to said individual a composition comprising (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) at least one additional active agent that treats an inflammatory disease involving the gastrointestinal tract, and (iii) at least one excipient.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the composition comprises (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) an H2 antagonist and (iii) at least one excipient.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein the composition comprises (i) a corticosteroid, (ii) a PPI and (iii) at least one excipient.
26. The method of claim 23, wherein the at least one excipient increases the interaction of the composition with the surface of the individual's esophagus.
27. The method of claim 24, wherein the composition further comprises a PPI.
28. The method of claim 23, wherein the excipient is a viscosity enhancer, a mucoadhesive agent, an absorption enhancing agent, or a combination thereof.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein said viscosity-enhancing excipient is acacia (gum arabic), agar, aluminum magnesium silicate, sodium alginate, sodium stearate, bladderwrack, bentonite, carbomer, carrageenan, Carbopol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ceratonia, chondrus, dextrose, furcellaran, gelatin, Ghatti gum, guar gum, hectorite, lactose, sucrose, maltodextrin, mannitol, sorbitol, honey, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, sterculia gum, xanthum gum, polyethylene glycol (e.g. PEG 200-4500) gum tragacanth, ethyl cellulose, ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose, ethylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate), oxypolygelatin, pectin, polygeline, povidone, propylene carbonate, methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride copolymer (PVM/MA), poly(methoxyethyl methacrylate), poly(methoxyethoxyethyl methacrylate), hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose (CMC), silicon dioxide, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone), Splenda® (dextrose, maltodextrin and sucralose) or combinations thereof.
30. The method of claim 28, wherein said mucoadhesive agent is at least one soluble polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer (PVP); a water-swellable, but water-insoluble, fibrous, cross-linked carboxy-functional polymer, a cross-linked poly(acrylic acid), a carbomer homopolymer, a carbomer copolymer, a hydrophilic polysaccharide gum, maltodextrin, a cross-linked alignate gum gel, a water-dispersible polycarboxylated vinyl polymer, at least two particulate components selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide, and clay, or a mixture thereof.
31. The method of claim 23, wherein said corticosteroid is a topically active corticosteroid.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein said corticosteroid is budesonide.
33. The method of claim 24, wherein said H2 antagonist is cimetidine, ranitidine, ebrotidine, pabutidine, lafutidine, loxtidine, famotidine, or a combination thereof.
34. The method of claim 25, wherein said PPI is omeprazole, hydroxyomeprazole, esomeprazole, tenatoprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, dontoprazole, habeprazole, perprazole, ransoprazole, pariprazole, leminoprazole, or a combination thereof.
35. The method of claim 23, wherein said individual has been diagnosed with eosinophilic esophagitis, an inflammatory bowel disease involving the esophagus, Crohn's disease, celiac disease, proximal gastrointestinal pathology, eosinophilic gastrointestinal inflammation, celiac disease, eosinophilic duodenitis, duodenal eosinophilia, functional dyspepsia, intermediate esophagitis, epithelial hyperplasia, basal cell hyperplasia, elongated papillae, dilated vessels in papillae, fungal esophagitis, viral esophagitis, bacterial esophagitis, corrosive esophagitis, radiation esophagitis, chemotherapy esophagitis, graft vs. host disease, a skin disease with esophageal involvement, Behçet's disease, sarcoidosis, idiopathic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, Ménétrier's disease, parasitic gastritis, lymphocytic esophagitis, inflammatory bowel disease-associated esophagitis, parasitic gastritis, esophageal inflammation secondary to caustic/irritant ingestion, persistent/recurrent esophageal strictures of any cause and including caustic/irritant ingestion, pill-induced esophagitis, systemic diseases, congenital diseases, post-surgery inflammation or gastro enteritis.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein said individual has been diagnosed with eosinophilic esophagitis.
37. The method of claim 23, wherein the composition is in a unit dose formulation for oral administration of a patient.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the composition comprises H2 antagonist in an amount of between 0.1 mg and 500 mg.
39. The method of claim 37, wherein the composition comprises PPI in an amount of between 1 mg and 600 mg.
40. The method of claim 23, wherein at least 100 μg corticosteroid per day is administered to said individual.
US12/269,832 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation Abandoned US20090123390A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/269,832 US20090123390A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation

Applications Claiming Priority (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US98772007P 2007-11-13 2007-11-13
US1201207P 2007-12-06 2007-12-06
US1599807P 2007-12-21 2007-12-21
US1981808P 2008-01-08 2008-01-08
US3494108P 2008-03-07 2008-03-07
US3534808P 2008-03-10 2008-03-10
US5410608P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US5410308P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US5410408P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US5410508P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US5410708P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US9065808P 2008-08-21 2008-08-21
US12/269,832 US20090123390A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090123390A1 true US20090123390A1 (en) 2009-05-14

Family

ID=40623896

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/269,791 Abandoned US20090131386A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US12/269,740 Abandoned US20090143343A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US12/269,650 Active 2031-07-02 US8865692B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US12/269,816 Active 2029-08-01 US9050368B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Corticosteroid compositions
US12/269,832 Abandoned US20090123390A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/269,791 Abandoned US20090131386A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US12/269,740 Abandoned US20090143343A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US12/269,650 Active 2031-07-02 US8865692B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US12/269,816 Active 2029-08-01 US9050368B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2008-11-12 Corticosteroid compositions

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US20090131386A1 (en)

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090123551A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Gastrointestinal delivery systems
US20090123550A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Corticosteroid compositions
US20090149433A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-06-11 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090181099A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2009-07-16 The Regents Of The University Of California, San Diego Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090264392A1 (en) * 2008-04-21 2009-10-22 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Treating eosinophilic esophagitis
US20100216754A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2010-08-26 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20100222312A1 (en) * 2009-01-26 2010-09-02 Nitec Pharma Ag Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of asthma
US20110015233A1 (en) * 2009-07-20 2011-01-20 Vetegen, Llc Stable Pharmaceutical Omeprazole Formulation for Oral Administration
WO2011080502A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
WO2011080501A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
WO2011080500A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
US8324192B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2012-12-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20130045245A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2013-02-21 Pfizer, Inc. Apixaban formulations
US20130059059A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2013-03-07 Tristram Pty Ltd Flowable liquid composition
US8497258B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2013-07-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8920838B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2014-12-30 Horizon Pharma Ag Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid disease
CN105246356A (en) * 2013-05-07 2016-01-13 联合医药公司 Anti-regurgitation composition maintaining gut motility
US20160213611A1 (en) * 2013-02-21 2016-07-28 Sigmoid Pharma Limited Method for treating intestinal fibrosis
US9867834B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2018-01-16 Banner Life Sciences Llc Non-systemic topical compositions comprising corticosteroids
US9877971B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2018-01-30 Banner Life Sciences Llc Soft lozenges comprising corticosteroids
US20180036251A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2018-02-08 Ernst-Moritz-Arndt-Universität Greifswald Pharmaceutical dosage form for application to mucous membranes
US10434139B2 (en) 2007-04-04 2019-10-08 Sublimity Therapeutics Limited Oral pharmaceutical composition
US10835541B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2020-11-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Tablet
US11684571B2 (en) * 2016-08-18 2023-06-27 Ellodi Pharmaceuticals, L.P. Methods of treating eosinophilic esophagitis
WO2023187664A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Avaca Pharma Private Limited A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of immune system mediated diseases

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007011743A2 (en) 2005-07-14 2007-01-25 Lipothera, Inc. Sustained release enhanced lipolytic formulation for regional adipose tissue treatment
ES2398480T3 (en) * 2006-10-17 2013-03-19 Lithera, Inc. Procedures, compositions, and formulations for the treatment of thyroid eye disease
US9132084B2 (en) 2009-05-27 2015-09-15 Neothetics, Inc. Methods for administration and formulations for the treatment of regional adipose tissue
AU2016213816B2 (en) * 2009-10-01 2018-03-29 Adare Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Orally administered corticosteroid compositions
KR20140088236A (en) 2009-10-01 2014-07-09 앱탈리스 파마테크, 인코포레이티드 Orally administered corticosteroid compositions
WO2011088413A2 (en) * 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 Lithera, Inc. Lyophilized cake formulations
WO2011163614A2 (en) * 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Methods of treatment for esophageal inflammation
CN105832681A (en) 2010-11-24 2016-08-10 纽赛蒂克斯公司 Selective, lipophilic, and long-acting beta agonist mono-therapeutic formulations and methods for the cosmetic treatment of adiposity and contour bulging
WO2015034678A2 (en) 2013-09-06 2015-03-12 Aptalis Pharmatech, Inc. Corticosteroid containing orally disintegrating tablet compositions for eosinophilic esophagitis
US9980975B2 (en) 2015-01-22 2018-05-29 Ems S.A. Dosage forms containing fluticasone propionate for the treatment of inflammatory conditions of the esophagus
JP6854766B2 (en) 2015-01-26 2021-04-07 イエール ユニバーシティ Compositions and Methods Using Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
CA3027434A1 (en) * 2016-06-16 2017-12-21 Cutispharma, Inc. Composition and method for proton pump inhibitor suspension
CN106214657B (en) * 2016-09-06 2018-04-06 江苏豪森药业集团有限公司 Thin membrane coated tablet of mosapride citrate and preparation method thereof
WO2018049184A1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Cutispharma, Inc. Suspensions and diluents for metronidazole and baclofen
US20190321318A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2019-10-24 Xenamed Corp. Droxidopa compositions and methods
US11180442B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-11-23 Balchem Corporation Storage stable choline chloride compositions
US11633478B2 (en) 2019-07-16 2023-04-25 Azurity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and kits for Omeprazole suspension
WO2023018649A1 (en) * 2021-08-10 2023-02-16 Bayer Healthcare Llc Liquid formulations comprising alginic acid, pectin, and carrageenan and methods of using thereof for gastric and gastroesophageal disorders

Citations (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4684534A (en) * 1985-02-19 1987-08-04 Dynagram Corporation Of America Quick-liquifying, chewable tablet
US5446070A (en) * 1991-02-27 1995-08-29 Nover Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for topical administration of pharmaceutically active agents
US5585108A (en) * 1994-12-30 1996-12-17 Nanosystems L.L.C. Formulations of oral gastrointestinal therapeutic agents in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable clays
US5643602A (en) * 1989-11-22 1997-07-01 Astra Aktiebolag Oral composition for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease
US5837713A (en) * 1997-02-26 1998-11-17 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Treatment of eosinophil-associated pathologies by administration of topical anesthetics and glucocorticoids
US5863910A (en) * 1996-01-12 1999-01-26 Bolonick; Joel Treatment of chronic inflammatory disorders of the gastrointestinal tract
US6028095A (en) * 1998-10-15 2000-02-22 Warner-Lambert Company Treatment of inflammatory bowel disease using histamine H3 -receptor agonists
US6071523A (en) * 1998-06-03 2000-06-06 Taro Pharmaceuticals Industries, Ltd. Spill resistant pharmaceutical compositions in semi-solid form
US6287594B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2001-09-11 Edward S. Wilson Oral liquid compositions
US6291445B1 (en) * 1996-12-05 2001-09-18 Astra Aktiebolag Low dose budesonide formulations and uses thereof
US20010029255A1 (en) * 1996-10-11 2001-10-11 Per Lindberg Use of an H+, K+-ATPase inhibitor in the treatment of widal's syndrome
US20010049366A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2001-12-06 Alcon Universal Ltd. Topical solution formulations containing an antibiotic and a corticosteroid
US20020132803A1 (en) * 2001-01-05 2002-09-19 Mahendra Dedhiya Fluticasone suspension formulation, spray pattern method, and nasal spray apparatus
US20020168334A1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2002-11-14 Jacob Jeremy E. Liquid formulations for the prevention and treatment of mucosal diseases and disorders
US6488937B1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2002-12-03 William Smits Allergy treatment method using a rapid immunotherapy protocol
US20030013693A1 (en) * 1998-02-11 2003-01-16 Rtp Pharma Inc. Method and composition for treatment of inflammatory conditions
US20030055028A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2003-03-20 Dor Biopharma, Inc Method of treating inflammatory disorders of the gastrointestinal tract using topical active corticosteriods
US20030073676A1 (en) * 2000-08-05 2003-04-17 Keith Biggadike Formulation containing anti-inflammatory androstane derivatives
US6589551B1 (en) * 1998-07-02 2003-07-08 Reckitt Benckiser Healthcare (Uk) Limited Chewable oral unit dosage
US6589556B2 (en) * 2000-07-05 2003-07-08 Capricorn Pharma, Inc. Rapid-melt semi-solid compositions, methods of making same and methods of using same
US6596261B1 (en) * 2000-01-25 2003-07-22 Aeropharm Technology Incorporated Method of administering a medicinal aerosol formulation
US20030192533A1 (en) * 1997-12-31 2003-10-16 Astra Aktiebolag, A Sweden Corporation New method
US20030215496A1 (en) * 1999-11-23 2003-11-20 Patel Mahesh V. Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US20040023935A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-05 Dey, L.P. Inhalation compositions, methods of use thereof, and process for preparation of same
US20040028919A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-02-12 Mitsushi Yamamoto Surface protective film for transparent conductive substrate, and transparent conductive substrate with surface protective film
US20040053894A1 (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-03-18 Bone Care International, Inc. Formulation for lipophilic agents
US20040141949A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2004-07-22 Rosenthal Gary J. Treatment of mucositis
US20040156903A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2004-08-12 Abrams Andrew L.. Metering and packaging of controlled release medication
US6787529B2 (en) * 2000-10-27 2004-09-07 Leo Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. A/S Topical composition
US20050042282A1 (en) * 2001-12-19 2005-02-24 Eisai Co., Ltd. Methods using proton pump inhibitors
US20050049459A1 (en) * 2003-06-20 2005-03-03 Soren Hern Endoscopic attachment device
US20050152847A1 (en) * 2002-03-04 2005-07-14 Eva Trofast Novel formulation
US20050153946A1 (en) * 2003-12-24 2005-07-14 Collegium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Temperature-stable formulations, and methods of development thereof
US20050208110A1 (en) * 2004-01-30 2005-09-22 Parminder Singh Rapidly dissolving film for delivery of an active agent
US20050239845A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2005-10-27 Santarus, Inc. Combination of proton pump inhibitor, buffering agent, and prokinetic agent
US20050238597A1 (en) * 2004-04-26 2005-10-27 Mccook John P Topical treatment of acne, seborrheic dermatitis, and oily skin with formulations containing histamine antagonists
US6962717B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2005-11-08 Disphar International B.V. Pharmaceutical compositions
US20050281772A1 (en) * 2004-06-17 2005-12-22 Bromley Philip J Compositions for mucosal delivery of agents
US20050287181A1 (en) * 2004-06-24 2005-12-29 Murthy Yerramilli V Phospholipid gel compositions for drug delivery and methods of treating conditions using same
US6986904B2 (en) * 1996-12-05 2006-01-17 Astrazeneca Ab Formulation
US20060013873A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-01-19 Chih-Chiang Yang Bioadhesive dosage form of steroids
US20060024238A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2006-02-02 Eisai Co., Ltd. Compositions and methods using proton pump inhibitors
US7063862B2 (en) * 2003-06-03 2006-06-20 Biokey, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition and method for treating
US20060193783A1 (en) * 2003-02-17 2006-08-31 Bhowmick Balaram S Low dose corticosteroid composition
US20060216353A1 (en) * 2005-03-23 2006-09-28 Elan Pharma International Limited Nanoparticulate corticosteroid and antihistamine formulations
US20060235053A1 (en) * 2003-05-06 2006-10-19 Atlanta Pharma Ag Agents for the treatment of lower abdominal disorders
US20060287284A1 (en) * 2002-10-21 2006-12-21 Negma Gild Pharmaceutical composition combining tenatoprazole and an anti-inflamatory agent
US20070031459A1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-08 Satish Asotra Oral suspension of prednisolone acetate
US20070111978A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2007-05-17 Ranjan Dohil Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20070116829A1 (en) * 2005-11-23 2007-05-24 The Coca-Cola Company Pharmaceutical Composition with High-Potency Sweetener
US7229641B2 (en) * 2000-07-05 2007-06-12 Capricorn Pharma, Inc. Rapid-melt compositions methods of making same and methods of using same
US20070134282A1 (en) * 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Stephen F. Austin State University Methods for inhibiting fungal pathogen infestation and propogation
US20070248548A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2007-10-25 Blondino Frank E Stable hydroalcoholic oral spray formulations and methods
US7288267B2 (en) * 1999-10-08 2007-10-30 Elan Pharma International Ltd. Bioadhesive nanoparticulate compositions having cationic surface stabilizers
US20080008762A1 (en) * 2004-11-17 2008-01-10 Government Of The Us, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Steroid Formulation And Methods Of Treatment Using Same
US7361646B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2008-04-22 Corcept Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20080132580A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2008-06-05 Mandavilli Sarveswara Rao Srir Dispersion For Delivering Active Agents
US20080207771A1 (en) * 2005-05-16 2008-08-28 Resdevco Research And Development Co. Ltd. Topical Compositions
US20090123551A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Gastrointestinal delivery systems
US20090123550A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Corticosteroid compositions
US7544348B2 (en) * 2001-02-15 2009-06-09 Access Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liquid formulations for the prevention and treatment of mucosal diseases and disorders
US20090149433A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-06-11 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090181099A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2009-07-16 The Regents Of The University Of California, San Diego Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090264392A1 (en) * 2008-04-21 2009-10-22 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Treating eosinophilic esophagitis

Family Cites Families (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2861920A (en) 1954-05-04 1958-11-25 Upjohn Co Therapeutic suspensions of steroids containing pvp and/or pva
JPS5762284A (en) * 1980-10-01 1982-04-15 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Stabilizing method
US5288497A (en) * 1985-05-01 1994-02-22 The University Of Utah Compositions of oral dissolvable medicaments
GB8630913D0 (en) * 1986-12-24 1987-02-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Pharmaceutical compositions
US4900552A (en) * 1988-03-30 1990-02-13 Watson Laboratories, Inc. Mucoadhesive buccal dosage forms
CA1340994C (en) * 1989-09-21 2000-05-16 Rudolf Edgar Dr. Falk Treatment of conditions and disease
JPH04312526A (en) 1991-04-09 1992-11-04 Fujisawa Pharmaceut Co Ltd Remedy for osteopathy
US5380535A (en) 1991-05-28 1995-01-10 Geyer; Robert P. Chewable drug-delivery compositions and methods for preparing the same
CA2131285C (en) 1992-03-10 2004-06-29 Lewis James Baskeyfield Pharmaceutical inhalation compositions
JPH06107550A (en) 1992-09-29 1994-04-19 Yutaka Kurachi Anti-inflammatory agent for oral administration
PE44995A1 (en) 1994-01-27 1995-12-18 Schering Corp MOMETASONE FUROATE FOR THE TREATMENT OF LUNG DISEASES AND RESPIRATORY TRACT
TW438601B (en) * 1994-05-18 2001-06-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv New mucoadhesive emulsion compositions and a process for the preparation thereof
GB9505032D0 (en) * 1995-03-13 1995-05-03 Westminster Lab Ltd Improvements in or relating to organic compositions
US5763910A (en) 1995-01-31 1998-06-09 Fujitsu Limited Semiconductor device having a through-hole formed on diffused layer by self-alignment
US5711936A (en) 1995-06-05 1998-01-27 Whitehill Oral Technologies, Inc. Ultramulsion based ingestible compositions
US5679390A (en) * 1995-07-27 1997-10-21 Conover; Donald Robert Composition and method for making/using a natural fat-free, deep-fried flavoring
US5840332A (en) 1996-01-18 1998-11-24 Perio Products Ltd. Gastrointestinal drug delivery system
US5889028A (en) * 1996-02-09 1999-03-30 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Colonic delivery of nicotine to treat inflammatory bowel disease
US5855913A (en) 1997-01-16 1999-01-05 Massachusetts Instite Of Technology Particles incorporating surfactants for pulmonary drug delivery
US5985309A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-11-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US6495167B2 (en) * 1997-03-20 2002-12-17 Schering Corporation Preparation of powder agglomerates
DE69833000T2 (en) * 1997-09-26 2006-09-07 Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Miami BIO-ADHESIVE COMPOSITIONS
DE69814122T2 (en) 1997-10-09 2004-03-18 Dexcel Pharma Technologies Ltd. PHARMACEUTICAL FORM FOR DELAYED, FULL DELIVERY OF ACTIVE SUBSTANCES IN THE DIGESTIVE TRACT
SE9704186D0 (en) 1997-11-14 1997-11-14 Astra Ab New composition of matter
US6066292A (en) 1997-12-19 2000-05-23 Bayer Corporation Sterilization process for pharmaceutical suspensions
SE9704833D0 (en) 1997-12-22 1997-12-22 Astra Ab New formulation
EP1052977A4 (en) 1998-02-09 2006-07-12 Joel Bolonick Treatment of chronic inflammatory disorders of the gastrointestinal tract
GB9812426D0 (en) * 1998-06-10 1998-08-05 Reckitt & Colmann Prod Ltd Improvements in or relating to organic compositions
US6241969B1 (en) 1998-06-26 2001-06-05 Elan Corporation Plc Aqueous compositions containing corticosteroids for nasal and pulmonary delivery
US20010016577A1 (en) 1998-08-24 2001-08-23 Douglas Joseph Dobrozsi Oral mucoadhesive compositions containing gastrointestinal actives
US20020009478A1 (en) * 1998-08-24 2002-01-24 Douglas Joseph Dobrozsi Oral liquid mucoadhesive compositions
US6635281B2 (en) * 1998-12-23 2003-10-21 Alza Corporation Gastric retaining oral liquid dosage form
BR9900463A (en) * 1999-02-26 2000-08-29 Brasil Compressores Sa Suction damper for hermetic compressor
US6136603A (en) * 1999-03-26 2000-10-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of interleukin-5 signal transduction
US7174306B1 (en) * 1999-12-02 2007-02-06 Haseltine Systems, Inc. Providing electronic access to consumer-customized nonverbal information regarding products and services
TWI263496B (en) 1999-12-10 2006-10-11 Novartis Ag Pharmaceutical combinations and their use in treating gastrointestinal disorders
US6565054B2 (en) * 2000-02-22 2003-05-20 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Syringe holder attachment for medication
US20040115133A1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2004-06-17 Wermeling Daniel P. Intranasal opioid compositions
US20020013331A1 (en) * 2000-06-26 2002-01-31 Williams Robert O. Methods and compositions for treating pain of the mucous membrane
IT1318649B1 (en) 2000-07-28 2003-08-27 Propharma S R L Ora Sinclair P PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF MUCOSITES AND STOMATITIS.
US6387383B1 (en) 2000-08-03 2002-05-14 Dow Pharmaceutical Sciences Topical low-viscosity gel composition
WO2002024205A1 (en) 2000-09-19 2002-03-28 Humanetics Corporation TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE BY THE ADMINISTRATION OF Δ5-ANDROSTENE-3β-OL-7,17 DIONE AND METABOLIZABLE PRECURSORS THEREOF
US6685971B2 (en) 2001-06-28 2004-02-03 Rongxiang Xu Method and composition for repairing and promoting regeneration of mucosal tissue in the gastrointestinal tract
FR2827517B1 (en) * 2001-07-23 2003-10-24 Bioalliance Pharma EXTENDED RELEASE BIOADHESIVE THERAPEUTIC SYSTEMS
CA2409552A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-04-25 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract
US20030129242A1 (en) 2002-01-04 2003-07-10 Bosch H. William Sterile filtered nanoparticulate formulations of budesonide and beclomethasone having tyloxapol as a surface stabilizer
NO20024880L (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-09-22 Per Hamre Composition containing phosphate
GB2389530B (en) * 2002-06-14 2007-01-10 Cipla Ltd Pharmaceutical compositions
US8168170B2 (en) 2002-10-03 2012-05-01 The Procter And Gamble Company Compositions having an inner core and at least three surrounding layers
SE0203410D0 (en) 2002-11-18 2002-11-18 Astrazeneca Ab New use
EP1428526A1 (en) 2002-12-13 2004-06-16 Rijksuniversiteit Groningen Formulation for fast dissolution of lipophilic compounds
US20040121003A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Acusphere, Inc. Methods for making pharmaceutical formulations comprising deagglomerated microparticles
US20040208833A1 (en) 2003-02-04 2004-10-21 Elan Pharma International Ltd. Novel fluticasone formulations
US8012505B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2011-09-06 Alk-Abello A/S Dosage form having a saccharide matrix
JP2007509155A (en) * 2003-10-21 2007-04-12 アルファーマ インコーポレイテッド Drugs containing quetiapine
US20050095271A1 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-05-05 Crank Sports, Inc. Electrolyte Energy Gel
GB2408937A (en) 2003-12-09 2005-06-15 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd pH dependent medicinal compositions
US20070020299A1 (en) * 2003-12-31 2007-01-25 Pipkin James D Inhalant formulation containing sulfoalkyl ether cyclodextrin and corticosteroid
US20070020196A1 (en) 2003-12-31 2007-01-25 Pipkin James D Inhalant formulation containing sulfoalkyl ether cyclodextrin and corticosteroid prepared from a unit dose suspension
WO2005074930A1 (en) 2004-01-28 2005-08-18 Altana Pharma Ag Pharmaceutical combinations of (s) -pantoprazole with nsaid or corticosteroids
WO2005120517A1 (en) 2004-06-07 2005-12-22 Strides Arcolab Limited Stable liquid suspension formulation comprising synthetic steroids and process for producing the same
US20070292523A1 (en) 2004-09-27 2007-12-20 Joey Moodley Dihydropyrimidine Formulations
ITTO20040760A1 (en) 2004-11-03 2005-02-03 Uni Degli Studi Del Piemonte USE OF A CORTICOSTEROID IN ASSOCIATION WITH OTHER ACTIVE PRINCIPLES FOR THE TREATMENT OF VASCULAR STENOSIS AND THE PREVENTION OF VASCULAR RESTENOSIS
JP2006158379A (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-06-22 Kao Corp Packed drink for promoting burning of lipid
US20070134280A1 (en) * 2004-12-10 2007-06-14 Roman Stephen B Thixotropic ingestible formulation to treat sore throat
EP1845946A2 (en) 2005-02-10 2007-10-24 Orexo AB Pharmaceutical compositions useful in the transmucosal administration of drugs
CN101175480A (en) 2005-03-16 2008-05-07 伊兰制药国际有限公司 Nanoparticulate leukotriene receptor antagonist/corticosteroid formulations
WO2006103702A2 (en) 2005-04-01 2006-10-05 Mccullough Ricky W Enhanced bio-adherent polymeric compositions for coating mucosal and epidermal epithelium
US20070104785A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-05-10 Navale Suryakant V Tablets of linezolid form iii and processes for their preparation
ITMI20051999A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2007-04-22 Eratech S R L INHALATION FORMULATIONS OF DRUGS IN DRY POWDER FOR ADMINISTRATION AS SUCH OR WITH NEBULIZER AND EQUIPPED WITH HIGH EROGABILITY RESPIRABILITY AND STABILITY
US8497258B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2013-07-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20070116839A1 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-05-24 The Coca-Cola Company High-Potency Sweetener Composition With C-Reactive Protein Reducing Substance and Compositions Sweetened Therewith
DK1795183T3 (en) 2005-12-09 2009-10-19 Teva Pharma Aqueous dispersions and solutions of poorly soluble compounds and processes for their preparation
US20070148248A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Banner Pharmacaps, Inc. Gastric reflux resistant dosage forms
WO2007096906A2 (en) 2006-02-27 2007-08-30 Panacea Biotec Ltd. Novel buccoadhesive compositions and process of preparation thereof
WO2008070129A2 (en) 2006-12-05 2008-06-12 Resolvyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of inflammatory disease
EP2051702A1 (en) 2007-01-22 2009-04-29 Novavax, Inc. Multi-phasic pharmaceutical formulations of poorly water-soluble drugs for reduced fed/fasted variability and improved oral bioavailability
US20100216754A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2010-08-26 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
WO2010144865A2 (en) * 2009-06-12 2010-12-16 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Methods for treating gastrointestinal disorders
KR20140088236A (en) 2009-10-01 2014-07-09 앱탈리스 파마테크, 인코포레이티드 Orally administered corticosteroid compositions
WO2011163614A2 (en) 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Methods of treatment for esophageal inflammation

Patent Citations (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4684534A (en) * 1985-02-19 1987-08-04 Dynagram Corporation Of America Quick-liquifying, chewable tablet
US5643602A (en) * 1989-11-22 1997-07-01 Astra Aktiebolag Oral composition for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease
US5446070A (en) * 1991-02-27 1995-08-29 Nover Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for topical administration of pharmaceutically active agents
US5585108A (en) * 1994-12-30 1996-12-17 Nanosystems L.L.C. Formulations of oral gastrointestinal therapeutic agents in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable clays
US5863910A (en) * 1996-01-12 1999-01-26 Bolonick; Joel Treatment of chronic inflammatory disorders of the gastrointestinal tract
US6380222B2 (en) * 1996-10-11 2002-04-30 Astrazeneca Ab Use of an H+, K+-atpase inhibitor in the treatment of nasal polyps
US20010029255A1 (en) * 1996-10-11 2001-10-11 Per Lindberg Use of an H+, K+-ATPase inhibitor in the treatment of widal's syndrome
US6291445B1 (en) * 1996-12-05 2001-09-18 Astra Aktiebolag Low dose budesonide formulations and uses thereof
US6986904B2 (en) * 1996-12-05 2006-01-17 Astrazeneca Ab Formulation
US5837713A (en) * 1997-02-26 1998-11-17 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Treatment of eosinophil-associated pathologies by administration of topical anesthetics and glucocorticoids
US20030192533A1 (en) * 1997-12-31 2003-10-16 Astra Aktiebolag, A Sweden Corporation New method
US6899099B2 (en) * 1997-12-31 2005-05-31 Astrazeneca Ab Method for treating a respiratory disease
US6287594B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2001-09-11 Edward S. Wilson Oral liquid compositions
US20070259037A1 (en) * 1998-02-11 2007-11-08 Guivarc H Pol-Henri Method and composition for treatment of inflammatory conditions
US20030013693A1 (en) * 1998-02-11 2003-01-16 Rtp Pharma Inc. Method and composition for treatment of inflammatory conditions
US6071523A (en) * 1998-06-03 2000-06-06 Taro Pharmaceuticals Industries, Ltd. Spill resistant pharmaceutical compositions in semi-solid form
US6589551B1 (en) * 1998-07-02 2003-07-08 Reckitt Benckiser Healthcare (Uk) Limited Chewable oral unit dosage
US6028095A (en) * 1998-10-15 2000-02-22 Warner-Lambert Company Treatment of inflammatory bowel disease using histamine H3 -receptor agonists
US6962717B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2005-11-08 Disphar International B.V. Pharmaceutical compositions
US7288267B2 (en) * 1999-10-08 2007-10-30 Elan Pharma International Ltd. Bioadhesive nanoparticulate compositions having cationic surface stabilizers
US6923988B2 (en) * 1999-11-23 2005-08-02 Lipocine, Inc. Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US20030215496A1 (en) * 1999-11-23 2003-11-20 Patel Mahesh V. Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US6596261B1 (en) * 2000-01-25 2003-07-22 Aeropharm Technology Incorporated Method of administering a medicinal aerosol formulation
US20010049366A1 (en) * 2000-02-09 2001-12-06 Alcon Universal Ltd. Topical solution formulations containing an antibiotic and a corticosteroid
US6589556B2 (en) * 2000-07-05 2003-07-08 Capricorn Pharma, Inc. Rapid-melt semi-solid compositions, methods of making same and methods of using same
US7229641B2 (en) * 2000-07-05 2007-06-12 Capricorn Pharma, Inc. Rapid-melt compositions methods of making same and methods of using same
US20030073676A1 (en) * 2000-08-05 2003-04-17 Keith Biggadike Formulation containing anti-inflammatory androstane derivatives
US6488937B1 (en) * 2000-08-23 2002-12-03 William Smits Allergy treatment method using a rapid immunotherapy protocol
US6787529B2 (en) * 2000-10-27 2004-09-07 Leo Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. A/S Topical composition
US20040141949A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2004-07-22 Rosenthal Gary J. Treatment of mucositis
US20020132803A1 (en) * 2001-01-05 2002-09-19 Mahendra Dedhiya Fluticasone suspension formulation, spray pattern method, and nasal spray apparatus
US7544348B2 (en) * 2001-02-15 2009-06-09 Access Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liquid formulations for the prevention and treatment of mucosal diseases and disorders
US7547433B2 (en) * 2001-02-15 2009-06-16 Access Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liquid formulations for the prevention and treatment of mucosal diseases and disorders
US20020168334A1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2002-11-14 Jacob Jeremy E. Liquid formulations for the prevention and treatment of mucosal diseases and disorders
US20030055028A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2003-03-20 Dor Biopharma, Inc Method of treating inflammatory disorders of the gastrointestinal tract using topical active corticosteriods
US20050042282A1 (en) * 2001-12-19 2005-02-24 Eisai Co., Ltd. Methods using proton pump inhibitors
US20050152847A1 (en) * 2002-03-04 2005-07-14 Eva Trofast Novel formulation
US20060024238A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2006-02-02 Eisai Co., Ltd. Compositions and methods using proton pump inhibitors
US20040156903A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2004-08-12 Abrams Andrew L.. Metering and packaging of controlled release medication
US20040023935A1 (en) * 2002-08-02 2004-02-05 Dey, L.P. Inhalation compositions, methods of use thereof, and process for preparation of same
US20040028919A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-02-12 Mitsushi Yamamoto Surface protective film for transparent conductive substrate, and transparent conductive substrate with surface protective film
US20040053894A1 (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-03-18 Bone Care International, Inc. Formulation for lipophilic agents
US20060287284A1 (en) * 2002-10-21 2006-12-21 Negma Gild Pharmaceutical composition combining tenatoprazole and an anti-inflamatory agent
US7361646B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2008-04-22 Corcept Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20060193783A1 (en) * 2003-02-17 2006-08-31 Bhowmick Balaram S Low dose corticosteroid composition
US20060235053A1 (en) * 2003-05-06 2006-10-19 Atlanta Pharma Ag Agents for the treatment of lower abdominal disorders
US7063862B2 (en) * 2003-06-03 2006-06-20 Biokey, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition and method for treating
US20050049459A1 (en) * 2003-06-20 2005-03-03 Soren Hern Endoscopic attachment device
US20050153946A1 (en) * 2003-12-24 2005-07-14 Collegium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Temperature-stable formulations, and methods of development thereof
US20050208110A1 (en) * 2004-01-30 2005-09-22 Parminder Singh Rapidly dissolving film for delivery of an active agent
US20050239845A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2005-10-27 Santarus, Inc. Combination of proton pump inhibitor, buffering agent, and prokinetic agent
US20050238597A1 (en) * 2004-04-26 2005-10-27 Mccook John P Topical treatment of acne, seborrheic dermatitis, and oily skin with formulations containing histamine antagonists
US20050281772A1 (en) * 2004-06-17 2005-12-22 Bromley Philip J Compositions for mucosal delivery of agents
US20050287181A1 (en) * 2004-06-24 2005-12-29 Murthy Yerramilli V Phospholipid gel compositions for drug delivery and methods of treating conditions using same
US20060013873A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-01-19 Chih-Chiang Yang Bioadhesive dosage form of steroids
US20080008762A1 (en) * 2004-11-17 2008-01-10 Government Of The Us, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Steroid Formulation And Methods Of Treatment Using Same
US20080132580A1 (en) * 2004-12-17 2008-06-05 Mandavilli Sarveswara Rao Srir Dispersion For Delivering Active Agents
US20060216353A1 (en) * 2005-03-23 2006-09-28 Elan Pharma International Limited Nanoparticulate corticosteroid and antihistamine formulations
US20080207771A1 (en) * 2005-05-16 2008-08-28 Resdevco Research And Development Co. Ltd. Topical Compositions
US20070031459A1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-08 Satish Asotra Oral suspension of prednisolone acetate
US20070111978A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2007-05-17 Ranjan Dohil Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090181099A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2009-07-16 The Regents Of The University Of California, San Diego Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20070116829A1 (en) * 2005-11-23 2007-05-24 The Coca-Cola Company Pharmaceutical Composition with High-Potency Sweetener
US20070134282A1 (en) * 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 Stephen F. Austin State University Methods for inhibiting fungal pathogen infestation and propogation
US20070248548A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2007-10-25 Blondino Frank E Stable hydroalcoholic oral spray formulations and methods
US20090123551A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Gastrointestinal delivery systems
US20090143343A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-06-04 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090149433A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-06-11 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090131386A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-21 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090123550A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Corticosteroid compositions
US20090264392A1 (en) * 2008-04-21 2009-10-22 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Treating eosinophilic esophagitis

Cited By (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11413296B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2022-08-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US9782347B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2017-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US10272037B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2019-04-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US9119863B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2015-09-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8975243B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2015-03-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090181099A1 (en) * 2005-11-12 2009-07-16 The Regents Of The University Of California, San Diego Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8679545B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2014-03-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8497258B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2013-07-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US11197822B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2021-12-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8324192B2 (en) 2005-11-12 2012-12-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Viscous budesonide for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US8920838B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2014-12-30 Horizon Pharma Ag Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid disease
US9504699B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2016-11-29 Hznp Limited Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of rheumatoid disease
US10434139B2 (en) 2007-04-04 2019-10-08 Sublimity Therapeutics Limited Oral pharmaceutical composition
US9050368B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2015-06-09 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Corticosteroid compositions
US20090123550A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Corticosteroid compositions
US11357859B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2022-06-14 Viropharma Biologics Llc Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20090131386A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-21 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US10293052B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2019-05-21 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20100216754A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2010-08-26 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090137540A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-28 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20090123551A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-05-14 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Gastrointestinal delivery systems
US8865692B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2014-10-21 Meritage Pharma, Inc Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20090149433A1 (en) * 2007-11-13 2009-06-11 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Compositions for the treatment of inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract
US20090264392A1 (en) * 2008-04-21 2009-10-22 Meritage Pharma, Inc. Treating eosinophilic esophagitis
US20100222312A1 (en) * 2009-01-26 2010-09-02 Nitec Pharma Ag Delayed-release glucocorticoid treatment of asthma
US8530500B2 (en) * 2009-07-20 2013-09-10 Vetegen, Llc Stable pharmaceutical omeprazole formulation for oral administration
US20110015233A1 (en) * 2009-07-20 2011-01-20 Vetegen, Llc Stable Pharmaceutical Omeprazole Formulation for Oral Administration
WO2011011351A3 (en) * 2009-07-20 2011-05-19 Vetegen, Llc A stable pharmaceutical omeprazole formulation for oral administration
WO2011080502A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
WO2011080501A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
WO2011080500A3 (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-11-10 Orexo Ab New pharmaceutical dosage form for the treatment of gastric acid-related disorders
US9326945B2 (en) * 2010-02-25 2016-05-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Apixaban formulations
US20130045245A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2013-02-21 Pfizer, Inc. Apixaban formulations
US20130059059A1 (en) * 2010-05-11 2013-03-07 Tristram Pty Ltd Flowable liquid composition
US9980902B2 (en) * 2013-02-21 2018-05-29 Sigmoid Pharma Limited Method for treating intestinal fibrosis
US20160213611A1 (en) * 2013-02-21 2016-07-28 Sigmoid Pharma Limited Method for treating intestinal fibrosis
CN105246356A (en) * 2013-05-07 2016-01-13 联合医药公司 Anti-regurgitation composition maintaining gut motility
US10744095B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2020-08-18 Universität Greifswald Pharmaceutical dosage form for application to mucous membranes
US20180036251A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2018-02-08 Ernst-Moritz-Arndt-Universität Greifswald Pharmaceutical dosage form for application to mucous membranes
US10195211B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2019-02-05 Patheon Softgels, Inc. Soft lozenge compositions
US10188662B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2019-01-29 Patheon Softgels, Inc. Soft lozenge compositions
US9877971B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2018-01-30 Banner Life Sciences Llc Soft lozenges comprising corticosteroids
US9867834B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2018-01-16 Banner Life Sciences Llc Non-systemic topical compositions comprising corticosteroids
US10835541B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2020-11-17 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Tablet
US11684571B2 (en) * 2016-08-18 2023-06-27 Ellodi Pharmaceuticals, L.P. Methods of treating eosinophilic esophagitis
US11896710B2 (en) 2016-08-18 2024-02-13 Ellodi Pharmaceuticals, L.P. Methods of treating eosinophilic esophagitis
WO2023187664A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Avaca Pharma Private Limited A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of immune system mediated diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US8865692B2 (en) 2014-10-21
US20090137540A1 (en) 2009-05-28
US9050368B2 (en) 2015-06-09
US20090143343A1 (en) 2009-06-04
US20090123550A1 (en) 2009-05-14
US20090131386A1 (en) 2009-05-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11357859B2 (en) Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20090123390A1 (en) Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation
US20090181099A1 (en) Topical corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
CA2734763C (en) Corticosteroids for the treatment of inflammatory diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
US20150231156A1 (en) Corticosteroid compositions
US20220273801A1 (en) Compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal inflammation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MERITAGE PHARMA, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HILL, MALCOLM;REEL/FRAME:021940/0845

Effective date: 20081204

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION